Top Banner
ANNUAL REPORT 2017 SBN Holdings Limited
140

SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Feb 17, 2019

Download

Documents

dinhdang
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

SBN Holdings Limited

Page 2: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Standard Bank’s first branch opened in 1915 in Lüderitz. Standard Bank is one of Namibia’s oldest companies. The bank’s original vision was to understand its customers better, have people with strong knowledge of local business conditions and to do a better job of connecting borrowers with lenders. This vision created the platform for the kind of bank it would become and the qualities on which its customers and clients would come to rely.

Over its history, Standard Bank has grown from a mere few staff members to over 1 700 today, and extended its roots deep into the fabric of Namibian society. We have evolved and adapted along with our customers and clients, growing a rich heritage while nurturing and protecting our reputation. We uphold high standards of corporate governance and are committed to advancing the principles and practices of sustainable development. We are inspired to advance national development objectives.

Our success and growth over the long term is built on making a difference in the communities in which we operate. We are commercially and morally bound to serve Namibia and her people, in return for the long-term profitable growth we envisage as a leading financial services group in the country. We are committed to moving Namibia forward.

Standard Bank has always lived up to the promise of bringing banking to the nation and we have succeeded in doing so by having a wide network of ATMs in Namibia.

ATMs

303

Branches

61

Standard Bank currently has a strong presence in Namibia. These points constitute:

1915 1919 1920 1927 1928 1929

LüderitzSwakop-mundWindhoek

GrootfonteinOkahandjaOmaruruOtjiwarongo

TsumebWalvis Bay

Keetmans-hoopOutjo

Mariental Gobabis

1935 1950 1954 1956 1974 1978 1979 1980

Otavi Bethanie Aranos Maltahohe Ausspannplatz Oshakati Khorixas Katutura

1983 1994 1996 1997 1998 1999 2002 2003 2007

Gustav Voigts Centre

Henties Bay GameWernhill Service Centre

Arandis OndangwaNorthern Industrial Area Oshakati South

Oshikango RehobothRosh Pinah

RunduAussenkehrOmuthiya

EenhanaKatima MuliloMaerua Mall

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Kuiseb-mund

Klein Windhoek Okalongo

Okahao Nkurenkuru Otjinene

OpuwoWalvis Bay

Ongwediwa Outapi (ombalantu)

Khomasdal Oshana

The GroveMondesaOkahandja

OkuryangavaOkongo RuacanaSwakop-mund (Waterfront)

Oniipa Karibib Okakarara

Page 3: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OversightThe board audit subcommittee is responsible

for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee

recommended the report for approval to the SBN Holdings board of directors, which was

obtained on 23 February 2018.

FeedbackWe welcome the views of our stakeholders

on this report. Please contact Sigrid Tjijorokisa: Group company secretary at

[email protected] with your feedback.

www.standardbank.com.na/namibia/about-us/company-overview/Annual-reports

CONTENTS

CELEBRATING 102 YEARS OF MOVING NAMIBIA FORWARD

41 Directors’ responsibilities and approval

42 Independent auditor’s report

45 Directors’ report

46 Consolidated statements of financial position

47 Consolidated statements of profit or loss

48 Consolidated statements of other comprehensive income

49 Consolidated statements of changes in equity

50 Consolidated statements of cash flows

51 Accounting policy elections

52 Key management assumptions

54 Notes to the annual financial statements

86 Annexure A – Subsidiaries

87 Annexure B – Joint ventures

88 Annexure C – Risk and capital management

118 Annexure D – Emoluments of directors

119 Annexure E – Detailed group accounting policies

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2 About Standard Bank Namibia3 Our integrated pillars of operation

4 Our value creation story

6 What we do

8 Group strategy

9 Strategic objectives

10 In, for and across Africa

12 Measuring our strategic progress

14 Our material issues

16 Responding to our stakeholders

18 Our socioeconomic impact

19 Our footprint

20 Chairman’s report22 Chief executive’s review26 Financial review30 Corporate governance report36 Board of directors

38 Executive committee

Reporting suiteTo meet the information needs of our diverse stakeholders, we produce the following reports:

The Annual Report (this report)Our primary report to stakeholders which provides an assessment of our ability to create value over time.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

SBN Holdings Limited

AR RTSREPORT TO SOCIETY2017

Standard Bank Namibia’s

Report to SocietyThis report covers our operations and covers the material focus areas in relation to our strategy.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 1

Page 4: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

ABOUT STANDARD BANK NAMIBIA

Over the years, our customers and clients have come to rely on us to understand their needs, employ people with strong knowledge of local business conditions and connect borrowers with lenders. We are proud to be part of Standard Bank Group, a large financial services organisation rooted in Africa and with operations in 22 countries.

From humble beginnings of three branches, today, Standard Bank operates a distribution network of 61 branches and 303 ATMs across Namibia. Our workforce has grown to over 1 700 employees and our roots have extended deep into the fabric of Namibian society.

Standard Bank is committed to making banking available to all Namibians.

Standard Bank opened its first commercial branch in August 1915 in Lüderitz, making it one of Namibia’s oldest companies today.

NAMIBIA IS OUR HOME– we drive her growth

To this end, we have evolved and adapted together with our customers and clients, developing a rich heritage while nurturing and protecting our reputation. We uphold high standards of corporate governance, are committed to advancing the principles and practices of sustainable development and are inspired to advance national development objectives.

Our success and growth over the long term is built on making a difference in the communities in which we operate. We are commercially and morally bound to serve Namibia and her people, in return for the long-term profitable growth we envisage as a leading financial services group on the continent.

Our company structure

90%

10%

Purros Investments Trust

Standard Bank Group

100%SBN Holdings

Stanfin (Namibia)

Standard Insurance Brokers (Namibia)

Arleo Investments Sixteen

100% Standard Bank Namibia Nominees

Our listings and shareholdersHeadquartered in Windhoek, SBN Holdings is 90% owned by Standard Bank Group and 10% owned by Purros Investments Trust, our staff empowerment scheme.

Standard Bank Namibia

2

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 5: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Our third business area includes the results of

centralised support functions (back office), including those

functions that were previously embedded in the business

segments. The direct costs of support functions are

recharged to the business segments.

PBB provides banking and other financial services to

individual customers and to small- to medium-sized

enterprises.

CIB offers corporate and investment banking services to

its clients, which include governments, parastatals, larger corporates, financial

institutions and international counterparties.

Personal & Business Banking (PBB)

Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB)

Other & Enablers

� Mortgage lending � Instalment sale and

finance leases � Card products � Transactional products � Lending products � Bancassurance

� Global markets � Transactional products

and services � Investment banking

OUR OFFERING

PROFIT AFTER TAX (PAT) PROFIT AFTER TAX (PAT)

N$321 million2016: N$310 million

N$216 million2016: N$218 million

N$9 million2016: N$11 million

CONTRIBUTIONS TO SBN HOLDINGS PAT

59% 40% 1%

Our integrated pillars of operation

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 3

Page 6: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OUR VALUE CREATION STORY

Governance approach to value creation over time

Our governance approach promotes strategic decision making that combines long-term and shorter-term outcomes, to reconcile the interests of the group and society in our pursuit of sustainable value.

Our group strategy is focused on creating shared value, and represents our commitment to the shared future we intend to create for our clients, our people and our other stakeholders.

Our clients are at the centre of everything we do. This is the central organising principle in the work we are doing to build a digital bank, redesign our operating models, and to develop our people and change our culture – which together will create long-term sustainable competitive advantage.

Our business units and corporate functions have aligned their operating strategies to the group strategy, to ensure effective and coordinated execution within and across our operations for the benefit of our clients.

Our strategy is achieved within the parameters of our risk appetite, which implies conscious risk taking. To enable regular changes to our risk appetite in response to challenges in our operating context, we are instilling a risk-aware culture throughout the group and continually enhancing our risk management capabilities.

Our strategy represents an effective approach to the structural shifts in our industry. Global megatrends such as the technological revolution, increasing stakeholder pressure, and socioeconomic and environmental challenges are imposing the need for wide-reaching transformation in the way we do business.

We remain flexible in our strategic responses to the cyclical pressures in our markets. We identify pockets of opportunity for revenue generation, and employ well-developed risk models to anticipate and manage the impact of risks that are heightened during times of economic stress.

Responding to our stakeholders

Our stakeholders are the providers of the capital we need to create value. Stakeholder inclusivity and responsiveness enables us to secure and maintain these inputs, and to identify opportunities and challenges.

Clients

Performance linked to value creationWe are embedding a high-performance culture and creating an environment in which our people are empowered and motivated to deliver exceptional client experiences, and are rewarded for their contribution towards realising our purpose and vision.

Remuneration that drives value over timeOur reward philosophy is being evolved to reflect the group strategy. We combine reward elements that link directly to strategic and financial performance criteria and thresholds. These awards are made on a discretionary basis to avoid penalising executives for factors outside of their control that impact on value creation.

Our material issues synthesise the interests of the group and those of its stakeholders. They are linked to our value drivers, direct the focus of our strategic planning and management priorities, and inform our reporting to stakeholders.

Managing economic headwinds

Acting on our material issues

Group strategy

Bus

iness

units and corporate functions

Risk appetiteOperating context

Our clients

4

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 7: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Driving Namibia’s growth over the long termOur multi-generational purpose recognises the mutual interdependency of Namibia’s wellbeing and that of the group. It is the ultimate expression of our commitment to Namibian growth that is inclusive and sustainable, and in turn secures viable markets for our long-term profitability and value creation.

Creating valuefor societySocial relevance is fundamental to our survival and success, and is implied in our purpose and vision.

We are moving towards measuring our social return, and to obtain a truer pictureof our broader value outcomes. This involves identifying the social, economic and environmental risks and opportunities that Namibia presents and how our business activities can respond to these.

Creating value for the groupOur strategic value drivers align our allocation of resources to our strategy. We have identified five key value drivers, shown below, and continue to work on selecting the appropriate metrics for each, which are supporting more effective resource allocation and appropriate trade-off decisions.

• Client focus• Employee engagement• Risk and trust• Culture of continuous

improvement• Social, economic

and environmental outcome

Shareholders and investment

analysts

Employees and their

representatives

Communities and civil society

Suppliers

Embracing innovation

Putting our clients’ best interests at the

centre of our business

Leveraging our investments in IT

Motivating our people

Managing regulatory

change

Governments and

regulators

Ethical and effective leadershipEthical and effective leadership relates to uniting purpose and performance. Embedding an ethical culture recognises that the trust of our stakeholders is the basis on which we compete and win.

Corporate citizenshipCorporate citizenship relates to the integral role we play in the socioeconomic wellbeing of Namibia. It commits us to using our resources responsibly as inputs to our business model, and balances our needs with those of society.

Sustainable developmentSustainable development commits us to enhance the resources and relationships we rely on today, for the future. Our plans to measure social, environmental and economic returns, will enable us to account for the total returns we deliver in line with our purpose.

RTS What we do on page 6 links our business activities to socially beneficial outcomes.

AROur strategic value drivers are outlined starting on page 9. The chief executive’s review on page 24, assesses our strategic performance for the year.

ARThe chairman’s report on page 20 discusses key governance developments and substantiates our commitment to corporate citizenship and sustainability.The governance and remuneration report discusses how our governance framework and processes, and our board and committees, support the creation and protection of value.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 5

Page 8: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

WHAT WE DO

Credit risk Interest rate risk Insurance risk Business and reputational risk

Liquidity risk Market risk Operational risk, including compliance, environmental and/or social risk

As a financial services organisation with a broad offering of products and services, our goal is for all of our business units and corporate functions to work together in an integrated manner to seamlessly deliver on our clients’ financial needs.

INCOME

EXPENSES

Interest expense

Net fee and commission

revenue

Trading revenue

Other revenue

Other operating costs

Interest income and credit

impairments

Source funding from client

deposits and other funders.

Provide transactional

banking facilities and knowledge-based

services to clients.

Market access and risk mitigation

products to businesses.

Revenue from other sources linked to

core business, as well as strategic

investments.

Invest in our operations.

Lend money to our

clients.

Invest in our people.

Staff costs

Ban

king

activities

BU

SIN

ES

S A

CT

IVIT

IES

Inco

me

sta

tem

en

t im

pa

ct

Our clients are at the cen

tre of everything we do

Banking and insurance activ

ities

Net interest income

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Net profit

Retained equity which is reinvested to sustain and

grow our business

Dividends to our shareholders

Direct and indirect taxes to governments and other

related regulators

Expenses

Income after credit impairments

6

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 9: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

What this means for the group

What this means for society

1

Creates assets from which we derive interest income over time.

Lending enables individual clients to create wealth and generate income, helps business clients remain sustainable and supports employment and inclusive economic growth in Namibia.

2Enables lending, creating liabilities that generate interest expense.

Funding provides our depositors with long-term returns, while mitigating against the erosion of their capital due to inflation.

3Generates income through fee and commission revenue.

Transactional banking facilitates the movement of wealth, providing clients with convenient access to their funds. Our knowledge-based services, which include corporate advisory and loan structuring services, allow our clients to benefit from our experience and track record on the continent, and enables us to connect them to global pools of capital.

4

Creates trading revenue through participation in foreign exchange, commodity, credit, interest rate and equity instruments.

Market access enables businesses to grow, provides a conduit for investment into Namibia and helps economies monetise resources and diversify. Risk mitigation products enable financial protection and diversification through risk transfer.

5Creates other sources of revenue, including insurance-related revenue and income from strategic investments.

Strategic investments support inclusive economic activity and enable wealth creation, while also contributing to investments that drive the socioeconomic development of Namibia. Short-term insurance activities offer protection of the value of assets against unforeseen loss.

6

Enables the group to invest in strategic information technology (IT) infrastructure, to enhance our capabilities and improve efficiency, and to deliver relevant products and services that meet our clients’ needs.

Investing in our operations enables us to develop innovative products and to continue meeting our clients’ needs, which supports our social relevance and legitimacy, maintains our positive contribution to the Namibian economy and strengthens our competitive position.

7We invest in our people to align them to our strategic objective of consistently delivering excellent client experiences.

We hire locally wherever possible and through our activities, sustain other jobs in local economies. Training and development enhances the level of financial services and related skills in Namibia.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 7

Page 10: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Why we can confidently deliver on our purpose

Legitimacy

Great

PEOPLE

PIONEERING

Passionate about

Namibia

The reason we exist Purpose

GROUP STRATEGYOur strategy is centred on our commitment to Africa and directs our growth and evolution to the shared benefit of our clients, our people and all our stakeholders. It allows us to lead with purpose, to build a better business, and to position our footprint and platform for the future.

OU

R G

RO

UP

ST

RA

TE

GY

� Risk � Finance � IT � Operations � Human capital � Marketing and

communications

� Compliance � Legal � Internal audit � Group real

estate services

CORPORATE FUNCTIONS

BUSINESS UNITS

Corporate & Investment Banking

Personal & Business Banking

Liberty

Sta

nd

ard

B

an

k W

ealt

h

* Brand Finance: Africa’s most valuable banking brand, September 2016.

Technology andclient offerings(blue wallet blue voucher)

54 348 people

Brand*

1 20countries of operation in sub-Saharan Africa

What we aspire to be

Vision

directs and guides our business units and corporate functions

who leverage our presence and diverse capabilities to deliver on our group strategy

The behaviours and qualities that define us at our best

Values

Africa is our home, we drive her growth.

To be Africa’s agile provider of innovative financial solutions

Our values support our legitimacy, and are the basis on which we earn the trust

of our stakeholders:

� Being proactive

� Constantly raising the bar

� Delivering to our shareholders

� Serving our customers

� Growing our people

� Working in teams

� Respecting each other

� Upholding the highest levels of integrity

Heritage and brand >150 years

Commercial pragmatism

Brave long-term decisions

Present in AFRICA AND BEYOND

Committed to our clients and the trust they have in us

8

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 11: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVESIn 2015, the SBN Holdings leadership team commenced with the implementation of our 2015 – 2017 strategy, founded on a strong sense of team work and common purpose as evidenced by the collaboration and coordination of activities and plans across the bank.

The 2015 – 2017 strategic plan is underpinned by our values and the following themes:

This strategic objective aims to provide an excellent customer experience to everyone that engages with us. In doing this, we aim to employ a culture of continuous improvements to our systems, processes, products and people, as well as commit to a deep understanding of our customers’ needs and requirements in order to customise our propositions.

Client centricity

We want to position the bank as the employer of choice in Namibia. To this end, we have reviewed our staff engagement and recognition programmes, and have strengthened our training programmes given the business requirements. We cannot achieve the change and progress we are planning without a strong, motivated, skilled and engaged workforce.

Employer of choice

Given the journey that the bank has travelled in the implementation of the new core banking system, it is imperative that we prioritise the need to review and update our processes, products and services to optimise the new core banking system. In order to make this possible, we are creating an enabling environment for harvesting new ideas and look for opportunities for change and continuous improvement.

Continuous innovation

This pillar of our strategy is aimed at making the bank the preferred bank in our chosen market segments, supported by products and services that are solution driven, in line with our customers’ needs. This pillar looks at the refreshing of our value propositions to our customers for our key products and focus segments to ensure ongoing relevance and preference.

Trusted & preferred bank

All the above initiatives are geared toward the bank realising accelerated growth over the coming years. The management team has set itself ambitious but achievable targets for growth over the three-year strategy period.

Accelerated growth

The state-of-the-art systems and technologies that the bank has invested in and implemented over the last three years provide a foundation for system optimisation, efficiencies and cutting edge innovation in the years ahead.

Technology optimisation

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 9

Page 12: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Tanzania

Angola

Zambia

Namibia

Botswana

Zimbabwe

South Africa Lesotho

Swaziland

Mauritius

Malawi

Ethiopia (representative

office)South Sudan

Nigeria

Ghana

Côte d’Ivoire

KenyaUganda

Democratic Republic of

Congo

Mozambique

WEST AFRICA

SOUTH AND

CENTRALAFRICA

SOUTH AFRICA

EAST AFRICA

IN, FOR AND ACROSS AFRICA

Our diverse portfolio of operations has demonstrated resilience in withstanding cyclical pressures of generally slower economic growth and low commodity prices, and the spill-over effects of currency dislocation, regulatory reactivity and socio-political instability. Our contribution to driving more inclusive growth and promoting policy reform that supports economic diversification and development over the long term, will assist in extending Africa’s structural growth path notwithstanding the immediate economic challenges.

Our purpose-led strategy is designed to realise the opportunities presented by Africa’s longer-term structural trends.

Africa’s relative underdevelopment enables the implementation of the latest technologies, leapfrogging older technologies such as fixed-line communications with mobile networks, and coal-fired power with renewable energy.

50% of Africans will live in cities by 20301

Africa’s rapid rate of urbanisation is expected to continue rising from 36% in 2010 to 50% in 2030. This conglomeration of people provides governments and businesses with an opportunity to lower the cost of providing products and services.

200 million Africans aged 15 to 24 by 20504

Africa’s population is expected to double by 2050. With an estimated median age of 20, Africa’s youthful population will place increasing pressure on governments and businesses to drive employment growth as a greater number of Africans reach working age.

1.5 billion Africans of working age (15 to 64) by 20503

Africa’s working population is currently 659 million people, expected to grow to 861 million by 2020 and 1.5 billion by 2050.

28.7% of Africans are

online2

5.4% average GDP growth insub-Saharan Africa from 2005 to 20156

GDP growth in Africa as a whole for the same period was slightly lower at 4.0%. This compares to the global average of 3.8% and 1.5% growth in developed economies over the same period.

136% increase in inter-Africa trade from 2005 to 20155

Inter-Africa trade increased from USD28.8 billion in 2005 to USD68 billion in 2015.

AFRICA

Facilitating Africa’s growth

We are well positioned to facilitate the growing

interregional trade and investment flows across the continent, to assist the economic growth of African countries and the expansion

of multinationals into Africa.

10

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 13: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CHINA

47.8% growth in China-Africa foreign direct investment (FDI)7

FDI into Africa from China is shifting from extraction to manufacturing industries.

Connecting Africa to developed world economic centres Our presence in, and connection with, global financial centres enables us to facilitate investment and development flows into Africa, and to access international capital to facilitate growth, diversification and development in Africa.

USD929 billion in world trade with Africa in 20157

This represents a 178% increase from USD334 billion a decade ago. About 70% of Africa’s exports are metals and minerals, indicating the need for economic diversification.

One-third of the world’s mineral reserves are in Africa11

The continent also has 10% of world oil reserves and the largest cobalt and diamond reserves in the world, and 95% of the world’s platinum reserves are located in South Africa. Commodities remain fundamental to modern economies, and Africa’s resources remain largely either undiscovered or underexploited.

38.4% less Africans living below the international poverty line over the last decade10

Africans living below USD1.9 a day has fallen to 39.1% compared to 63.5% a decade ago.

60% of the world’s arable land is in Africa9

The underutilisation of arable land across the continent holds vast potential for increased commercial agriculture and production of agricultural goods. Mitigating the impact of climate change will be an essential part of realising this potential.

Facilitating China-Africa trade and investmentChina remains Africa’s largest trading partner and an increasingly important source of foreign investment across Africa. Our strategic partnership with ICBC provides us with a unique opportunity to provide financial services to clients operating in the China-Africa corridor.

1 African Development Bank – Urbanization in Africa (2012).

2 Internet World Stats (June 2016) – www.internetworldstats.com.

3 UN Population Statistics.

4 Africa Economic Outlook – Promoting Youth Employment in Africa (2012).

5 International Trade Centre.

6 International Monetary Fund; Standard Bank Research.

7 Annualised compound growth Overseas Development Institute (ODI, 2016).

8 African Development Bank – Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

9 World Bank.

10 African Development Bank.

11 Economics Intelligence Unit – African Development Bank.

31% of capital flowing into Africa is from worker remittances8

Remittances replaced foreign aid as the largest external inflow to Africa in 2009, as Africa’s dependence on official development assistance eased by 18.7% to USD83.7 billion in 2015, from USD103 billion in 2014.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 11

Page 14: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

STRATEGIC VALUE DRIVERS

CLIENT FOCUS

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT

WHAT THIS MEANS

Placing clients at the centre of

everything we do

Making Standard Bank a

great place to work

HOW THE DRIVER ALIGNS WITH OUR STRATEGY

Clients are at the heart of our business and by focusing on our clients we will achieve a profitable and sustainable business.

Our focus is to consistently create excellent client experiences, by understanding our clients and by offering the products, services and solutions that our clients need.

We strive to create a great place to work where our people feel deeply connected with our purpose and our clients, are empowered and recognised for delivering against our strategic objectives, and have made the most of every opportunity to achieve their full potential. How our people think and feel about work directly correlates with our client satisfaction levels and our ability to deliver our strategy.

HOW WE MEASURE OUR PROGRESS AND PERFORMANCE

To understand our clients better we measure their satisfaction in terms of:

� Net Promoter Score (NPS) for PBB

� client satisfaction index (CSI) for CIB.

These scores are determined from client surveys conducted in phases throughout the year to obtain an annual result.

To determine engagement levels, we consider the following:

� Deloitte Best Company to Work for Survey.

WHAT WE ARE WORKING TOWARD

Over and above these existing measures, the group is looking to develop a holistic client experience measure across segments, business units and geographies. We are re-designing our processes from a customer’s perspective, through our Tuyende Revolution Programme which is expected to be completed during 2018.

The employee survey will be conducted annually across the group.

OUR PERFORMANCE TO DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY

The results of our client surveys indicate that we have met expectations in servicing our clients. We will continue to explore ways to better our results.

� Deloitte Best Company to Work for Survey has shown progress with the engagement index of 68.77 against international benchmark of 67.78.

MEASURING OUR STRATEGIC PROGRESSWe embarked on a journey across the group to develop clearly defined strategic value drivers. These drivers provide the group and its stakeholders with transparent and consolidated information that we believe is of most relevance in measuring the group’s sustainability lead strategy and performance in delivering value to the group’s stakeholders.

12

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 15: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

RISK AND TRUST

FINANCIAL OUTCOME

SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL OUTCOME

Supporting our clients by doing the right business

the right way

Delivering value to our

shareholders

Creating and maintaining shared value

Being compliant with regulatory requirements enforced by the government and other regulators, is a function of our legitimacy and our values – we must do the right business the right way. This enables us to build the resilience which places us in a position to better drive Namibia’s growth and to achieve our vision.

Value creation for our shareholders is an important part of our strategy and this is measured by the group’s financial outcomes which are directly driven by and dependent on client satisfaction, employee engagement and risk value drivers.

Our strategy centres on sustainability. We achieve our purpose of driving Namibia’s growth by delivering social, economic and environmental (SEE) value.

The following measures are considered to ensure that we have a resilient and compliant business:

� total capital ratio � systems availability � liquidity coverage ratio (LCR).

ARRefer to the risk and capital management report for additional detail on these measures on page 100.

The primary measures describing our financial outcome include:

� cost-to-income (CTI)

� credit loss ratio (CLR)

� profit after tax (PAT) and return on equity (ROE).

ARRefer to the finance review on page 28 for further detail.

Social value:This is the value for society, both internally with staff and externally with other stakeholders.

Environmental value: This is the value for the environment, created through conscious and responsible lending.

Economic value: We drive economic growth in Namibia through creating social and environmental value, which also leads to more innovative and profitable ways of doing business.

These metrics will continue to evolve as a result of both accounting and regulatory changes, such as IFRS 9 financial instruments, Basel III, and other regulatory changes. These ratios will continue to be used to monitor the resilience of the group’s balance sheet, and systems availability.

The financial outcomes remain key measures to assess our value creation for our shareholders. Our focus is to maintain the CTI at acceptable levels and the CLR within the group’s risk appetite, and to continuously drive growth in HE and ultimately our ROE to deliver superior returns to our shareholders.

ARRefer to the report to society for a detailed explanation of our SEE strategy and the progress we have made during the year on page 18.

We are compliant with laws and regulations and have built a resilient balance sheet allowing us to take carefully considered risks in the search for alternative opportunities for growth and the continuation of doing the right business the right way.

� NSFR: 97% (2016: 102%)

� LCR: 96.39% (2016: 96.39%)

� RWA: 68% (2016: 72%).

� Our systems availability have shown continued improvement over the last three years.

We have produced satisfactory results for the year despite the global and local economic challenges:

� CTI: 59.82% (2016: 59.53%)

� CLR: 0.49% (2016: 0.50%)

� PAT: R546 million (2016: N$540 million)

� ROE: 18.56% (2016: 20.88%).

The following is a summary of our SEE results:

Social value: Corporate social investment (CSI):

N$4.6 million (2016: N$4.7 million)

Buy-A-Brick houses built 54 houses (2016: 44 houses)

Economic value: Increase in loans and advances: 6.2%

(2016: 12%)

Satisfactory results

Progress to be made

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 13

Page 16: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INPUTS

INTERNAL

EXTERNAL

OUR MATERIAL ISSUES

We view the materiality determination process as a business tool that facilitates integrated thinking. The process draws on our ongoing stakeholder engagements, for instance with clients and regulators, and the work we are doing to revise the measures that underpin our strategic value drivers – specifically our assessments of client and employee satisfaction. It also considers the views of key social and political stakeholders, obtained through specific engagements undertaken to assess the quality of our relationships with them.

We consider an issue to be material if it has the potential to substantially impact on our commercial viability, our social relevance and our relationships with our stakeholders. Our material issues are informed by the expectations and concerns of our stakeholders, and the social, economic and environmental context in which we operate.

How we determine our material issues

Based on this review, we identify the themes and issues that appear to be of greatest interest and concern to our stakeholders, and summarise, consolidate and align these as a list of material issues. In 2017, we undertook a fresh assessment of the issues and concerns raised by our stakeholders, which confirmed that the themes identified in 2016, remain pertinent. The board risk committee examined and confirmed our material issues in 2017.

ARThe identified concerns of our stakeholders and how we are responding are discussed on page 16.

Ongoing scanning of external sources of information to identify statements, concerns and perceptions raised by our stakeholders in relation to the banking sector in general and the group in particular. This includes:• Shareholders at the annual general meeting.• Requests, memos and complaints received from clients, political parties, civil society

bodies and others.• Media coverage.• Research and risk reports issued by institutions such as the World Economic Forum and

the International Institute of Finance. • Issues raised in parliamentary committees and government speeches, statements and

policy documents.• Reports and statements by trade associations, business organisations and think tanks.• Reports and articles by industry analysts and investors. • Global and regional development concerns such as the Sustainable Development Goals,

Namibia’s National Development Plan and the government Harambee Prosperity Plan.

Information gathered within the organisation from the following sources: • Leadership.• Public events such as investor conferences and/or business summits.• Internal events such as our annual Leadership Conference.• Social corporate investment, board risk committee.• Stakeholder engagement undertaken by the group at various levels.• Group risk reports prepared by the integrated operational risk function and based on a

consultative process run throughout the group.• Reports prepared by the group’s research and investor relations functions.• Group internal audit.• Employee engagement surveys.

14

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 17: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

1Our customers and clients are the reason we are in business.

Our intentHow we design our products, deliver our services, conduct ourselves and make strategic decisions should all be done in the best interests of our clients.

What we will do to realise the opportunities presented by our strategy � Instil a culture that values excellent client experiences, ethical and fair conduct and market

integrity among all our people. � Constantly leverage new technologies to meet changing client expectations and enter

partnerships for innovation. � Ensure appropriate technical capability and skill to prevent our clients from being

exploited. � Keep client information private and ensure the veracity of client data.

2

Our employees enable our ability to meet our objectives, provide a positive client experience, comply with our regulatory obligations and create shareholder value.

Our intentWe are committed to embedding a culture that encourages and rewards excellence and ensures adherence to our values.

What we will do to realise the opportunities presented by our strategy � Ensure we have the right skills and capabilities to successfully execute our strategy,

manage differing expectations of a multi-generational workforce and comply with local transformation legislation.

� Build an ethical and risk-aware culture that mitigates the risk of internal fraud, client exploitation and unethical conduct.

� Capacitate our people to perform in a technology-led environment.

3

Namibia is our home and we are committed to the expansion and deepening of our business across the country.

Our intentWe will work with our clients to support economic growth and diversification and counterbalance the slowdown in emerging markets and the related decline in commodity prices.

What we will do to realise the opportunities presented by our strategy � Maintain profitability within our risk appetite while navigating challenging economic and

regulatory environments, meeting client expectations and competing effectively. � Invest in innovative products and services. � Ensure robust monitoring of strategy implementation and harmonise strategies across the

business. � Maintain a forward-looking view of potential socio-political landscape and put appropriate

business continuity measures in place.

4 Continual innovation.

Our intentWe will continue to innovate so that we are able to constantly improve the value and experience we provide for our clients and to stay ahead of our competitors.

What we will do to realise the opportunities presented by our strategy � Deliver new products and services to market quickly without compromising system

stability. � Develop a culture that encourages innovation and challenges established processes, with

a view to delivering excellent client experiences to differentiate us in a commoditised and low-cost competitive environment.

� Develop the capacity of our people to ensure they are resilient and supportive of business changes.

� Ensure third parties maintain the security of client information, where it is necessary to share such information to develop innovative solutions.

� Address social challenges through innovation.

5

The regulatory frameworks governing financial services providers, at national and global level, are continually evolving with supervisory powers of certain regulatory bodies having significantly increased.

Our intentWe will continue to work closely with all our regulators to ensure that we manage regulatory developments effectively, while minimising as far as possible negative impacts on clients, employees and areas of business.

What we will do to realise the opportunities presented by our strategy � Adhere to associated regulations when processing data shared across third-party networks

and monitor service providers to ensure compliance with privacy controls. � Maintain and enhance our ability to comply with changing regulation across jurisdictions and

comply with capital requirements at all times, in a way that does not compromise client experience.

� Instil a compliance mindset across the group.

6

Our IT systems and functionality is essential to our ability to provide our clients with uninterrupted access to safe, secure and reliable products and services, and to mitigate risk.

Our intentWe will strive to improve the stability and technical sophistication of our IT systems and functionality to improve the services we provide to our clients.

What we will do to realise the opportunities presented by our strategy � Balance client expectation for innovation against maintaining system stability. � Constantly monitor and anticipate criminal exploitation of our systems and cyber-attacks on

our services, and deploy prevention and mitigation measures. � Ensure that our systems maintain the privacy of client information and put additional

measures in place to protect our data stores.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 15

Page 18: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

To protect our legitimacy, which is necessary to compete effectively and create value, we work hard to build and maintain relationships of trust with our stakeholders based on open and proactive engagement.

Our stakeholders are those individuals or organisations that have an interest in our success or failure and whose opinions and actions can impact on our ability to execute our strategy and conduct our business activities. Outlined below are the top issues raised by our key stakeholders and our strategic initiatives that respond to these concerns.

CONCERN OUR STRATEGIC INITIATIVES MATERIAL ISSUE

Clients

Improving client service levels and providing cheaper, more convenient banking options.

Focus on enhancing client experience through: � IT platform modernisation programme. � Innovative digital services that provide relevant banking and wealth

solutions per client segment. � Empowering client-facing staff to make decisions. � Changing processes, organisational structures and ways of working.

2 5 6

Increasing process efficiency and automation of payments to reduce delays, errors and complexity.

Managing the impact of compliance requirements on client experience.

� Technologically-enabled compliance and risk solutions. � Digital services that meet regulatory requirements.

2 4 5 6

Preserving multi-generational wealth and delivering solutions for younger high net worth individuals.

� Integrated multi-generational wealth solutions. � Leadership Academies to guide this client segment.

2

Higher expectations of personalised, relevant advice from financial advisers.

� New client-focused operating model in Wealth. � Goals-based investment philosophy where product and advisory services

are aligned to the principles of the pending Retail Distribution Review.

2 4

Concerns with respect to cybercrime and fraud.

� Sophisticated fraud detection and mitigation tools. � Regular client and staff awareness campaigns.

2 5 6

RESPONDING TO OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Employees and their representatives

The need to develop new skills in a changing operating environment due to the rise of digitisation and automation.

� Wide range of continuous learning programmes. � Leadership, graduate development and customer service development

programmes. � Initiatives such as upskilling, retraining and redeployment to assist

employees affected by changes to business operating models and the introduction of new ways of working.

3 6

Driving diversity and inclusion to create a workforce that is locally relevant.

� Diversity and inclusion framework. � Employment equity targets in Namibia. � Accelerate the development of local talent, and the advancement of black

employees in Namibia.

1 3 4

Suppliers

Aligning the group’s procurement practices to support transformation in Namibia.

� Proactive and deliberate approach, including targets, to ensure the equitable participation of black-owned businesses in Standard Bank’s supply chain.

� Redirecting goods and services previously procured from foreign suppliers to local black suppliers, where feasible.

� Supplier development programmes for small businesses, including access to financing, where relevant.

1 4

16

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 19: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONCERN OUR STRATEGIC INITIATIVES MATERIAL ISSUE

Governments and regulators

Rebuilding trust and maintaining stability in the financial sector, and compliance with various legislative changes.

� Adoption of global best practice in financial standards. � Strong relationships with local banking regulators and central bank officials. � Standardised groupwide compliance model. � Cooperation between compliance teams. � Skills sharing through cross-jurisdictional secondments. � Automated compliance monitoring and reporting. � Standardisation of the methodology to assess and prepare for the impact of

new regulation.

1 4 6

Improving the control environment.

Embedding compliance and risk-aware behaviour.

� Strong focus on employee conduct and values. � Regulatory awareness initiatives and compulsory compliance training.

1 3 4

Shareholders and investment analysts

The group’s resilience to challenging economic conditions, globally and in Namibia.

� Leverage our diversified portfolio at sector, regional and client levels, by allocating capital to select growth opportunities.

� Regular risk assessments and adjustment of risk appetite. � Retain quality client segments and grow select client segments in PBB. � Increase CIB’s exposure to growth sectors and economies. � Support clients facing difficulties through appropriate debt restructuring.

1 2

Maintaining asset quality.

Managing costs and improving the cost-to-income ratio.

� Maintain disciplined cost management. � Achieve global benchmarks for IT expenditure from 2018.

2 4

Communities and civil society

Contributing to alleviating societal challenges across the country.

� Business activities facilitate financial inclusion, infrastructure investment, entrepreneurship, enterprise development and job creation.

� Initiatives and digital solutions that support small businesses to become sustainable.

� Support for civil society organisations. � Learnership programmes that provide on-the-job experience for matriculants

and graduates. � Support of the Buy-A-Brick campaign.

1 2 5

Contributing to initiatives that address macroeconomic and socio-political challenges.

Funding for education. � Standard Bank bursary programmes. � Work with government, corporates and universities to develop sustainable

education funding solutions, through FAWENA.

1 3

The group’s efforts to mitigate the impact of climate change.

� Managing environmental and social risk related to financing activities. � Standard Bank-financed renewable energy projects. � Adoption of green building principles and measures to reduce the direct

environmental impact of activities.

1 2

AROur ongoing stakeholder engagement initiatives and those specifically related to determining the group’s material issues are outlined on page 14, and discussed comprehensively in the report to society.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 17

Page 20: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

The Standard Bank Namibia Group recognises the importance of Corporate Social investment (CSI) and Employee Community Involvement (ECI) as mechanism to support the upliftment of communities. CSI is more than an intervention in communities, it is an integral part of how we do business.

OUR SOCIOECONOMIC IMPACT

Standard Bank proactively identifies opportunities arising from key social developmental and business issues when formulating its CSI programmes rather than just reacting to requests from charitable sources. Optimally long-term partnerships are established with the most appropriate set of partners be they with government, or local or non-governmental organisations.

The overall theme for CSI initiatives within Standard Bank is Community Wellness and Upliftment. In terms of the Standard Bank Corporate Social Investment Policy there are five levers for social investment being Education, Entrepreneurship/Enterprise Development and Community Health and Wellness and Enviromental issues. Education accounts for more than 20% of the total CSI spent while Buy-A-Brick accounts for approximately 26% of the total budget. CSI spend has been restructured to distribute CSI funding equally between these levers.

The following criteria, where possible, must be met as a minimum for all CSI initiatives:

• CSI projects must result in socioeconomic development and community wellness and/or upliftment

• funding must be directed at historically disadvantaged communities or incumbents

• CSI programmes must where possible be aligned to government priorities such as vision 2030 and national development objectives

• where possible projects should be identified that create a platform for increased staff involvement in CSI initiatives thereby contributing to increased levels of employee satisfaction in the workplace.

Standard Bank pledges 1% of its net profit after tax to CSI initiatives. This is four times the amount required by the Namibian Financial Sector Charter. There are currently 11 CSI projects in Education, Health and Community Wellness. The total budget for 2017 was N$5.7 million.

The following projects have been key in the execution of the 2017 CSI strategy:

FAWENA is one of Standard Bank’s key CSI initiatives, supporting the secondary education of over a thousand orphans and vulnerable children in all 14 regions of Namibia. The relationship with FAWENA started in 2009 with an initial commitment of over N$8 million. In 2014, the bank re-committed to a nine-year contract with the organisation, with a total sponsorship of N$5.7 million. Since the inception of Standard Bank’s sponsorship, a total of 885 beneficiaries have graduated from secondary schools through this project. The project has reaped the rewards, with school graduates doing exceptionally well at tertiary institutions. Many of these have become productive citizens, such as engineers, doctors, nurses, teachers and business people, and some are still busy with their studies at universities. Standard Bank has now enabled the FAWENA Alumni which encourages previous beneficiaries of the Standard Bank programme to mentor, coach and encourage learners at their previous schools and further to serve as ambassadors for this programme.

The Standard Bank Buy-A-Brick initiative With an unemployment rate of 28%, it is estimated that there are currently close to 500 000 Namibians living in informal settlements throughout the country. This has become a growing challenge, as the drive for rural-urban migration increases on a daily basis. The Standard Bank ‘Buy-A-Brick’ initiative was successfully launched by Her Excellency, Madam Monica Geingos, First Lady of the Republic of Namibia, and Standard Bank Chief Executive Mr. Vetumbuavi Mungunda, on 13 October 2015. In line with one of our CSI pillars, ‘community upliftment’, the Standard Bank Buy-A-Brick initiative is aimed at addressing the unavailability of housing for low- or no-income groups throughout Namibia. The project is for the benefit of the Shack Dwellers Federation of Namibia and its members, whose main objective is to improve the living conditions of poor people living in informal settlements, rented rooms or without any shelter at all, with a focus on women’s participation. It is a project which will run annually between 1 October and 31 March for as long as the need for housing among this income group persists. The Shack Dwellers Federation is a non-profit organisation whose vision is executed through a savings scheme model. To qualify for a loan, a member has to save through regular savings 5% of their loan amount. The monthly interest of 0.5% and insurance is in place for life, as well as for the lifetime of the building structure. By June 2015, there were 630 savings groups in Namibia organised across all the regions and local authorities in Namibia. Loans are approved by the savings group themselves, looking at, among other criteria: regular savings (5% required savings through a regular process of saving as advance payment towards the loans) and participation in meetings, exchanges and activities of the Federation and the group.

As at December 2014, a total of 3 810 houses were successfully completed by the Federation. As a result of funding limitations, the Federation can only build between 300 and 400 houses per year. This is not sufficient to meet the housing demand for low- or no-income groups in Namibia, and as a result the Federation has decided to increase the number of houses built per year to at least 1 000. The Standard Bank Buy-A-Brick campaign aims at mobilising the private sector, as well as corporates, to raise the necessary funding to help the Shack Dwellers Federation achieve this target. Through the Buy-A-Brick project, Standard Bank calls on corporates and members of the public throughout Namibia to donate towards this initiative. During the inaugural year, Standard Bank raised and handed over a total of N$1.4 million to the Federation, which culminated in the construction of 44 new brick houses for the low- and no-income residents of Rehoboth in 2016. The 2017 fundraising was concluded, with an amount of approximately N$2 million raised, and with which approximately 54 new homes will be built. The 2018 campaign was launched in October 2017. One of the objectives of this year’s campaign is to facilitate increased awareness around the activities of the Shack Dweller’s Federation and further to create platforms for dialogue that will bring stakeholders together to facilitate policy changes. We believe that this project will not only address the housing need among this income group, but should further address other resultant socioeconomic phenomena. The project has gained much

18

ABOUT STANDARD BANK

Page 21: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OUR FOOTPRINT

Lüderitz

Rosh Pinah

Keetmanshoop

Maltahohe Mariental

Aranos

Rehoboth

WindhoekWalvis Bay

SwakopmundArandis

OmaruruOkahandja

Gobabis

Otjinene

OtjiwarongoKhorixas

Outjo

Tsumeb

RunduOndangwaOngwediva

Eenhana

OpuwoOkahao

OkalongoOshikango

OutapiRuacana Nkurenkuru

Katima Mulilo

Grootfontein

Omuthiya

Bethanie

Aussenkehr

Otavi

Henties Bay

Oshakati

momentum. A hackathon was hosted by the IT department during 2017 which has resulted in the development of an App which will greatly enhance payment capability and visibility around this project. It also has the ability to significantly expand its reach.

Financial Literacy InitiativeIn its quest to promote financial literacy in the country, Standard Bank has remained steadfast in partnering with the Financial Literacy Initiative (FLI). This longstanding relationship began in 2011. According to the Financial Literacy Baseline Survey, 62% of Namibians have difficulty in keeping their financial commitments, only 32% stick to their budget, 33% save money regularly, and 26% own an insurance product. FLI is a non-governmental organisation that strives to contribute to the national policy of educating Namibians on financial matters. As a financial partner to FLI, Standard Bank is playing its role in raising awareness about the importance of financial education for the communities.

Hochland Medic RushIn April 2017, Standard Bank announced a sponsorship of the Hochland Roundtable 154 Medic Rush project for the ninth consecutive year. Rush stands for Rural Uplift and Social Healthcare and provides healthcare to underprivileged communities in remote parts of the country thanks to the work of voluntary medical professionals. The objective of this projects is

to complement government’s quest to provide essential services, such as healthcare, to all Namibians. Medic Rush focused on the underprivileged communities with services that included medical care by doctors, preventative care such as screening for hypertension and diabetes, patient education regarding lifestyle choices, rehabilitative care from physiotherapists and occupational therapists; basic eye care by optometrists and basic chronic wound care.

A great deal of patients were seen this year. The most common illnesses were hypertension, diabetes, chronic osteoarthritis and patients diagnosed with poorly controlled epilepsy. The Medic Rush team consisted of 20 volunteer medical professionals – three medical doctors, one medical intern, six medical students and ten nursing staff. Over the years, Medic Rush has undertaken successful medical initiatives to the Omaheke, Otjozondjupa and Kunene Regions. Over 5 000 disadvantaged Namibians in Bushman Land, Kunene, Epukiro (Pos 3) and Palmwag Doro !Nawas benefited from free basic healthcare, including nutrition, oral care and counselling, to specialist care with referrals and transport to necessary medical centres in Windhoek and across the country.

We believe that our CSI programme and strategy has evolved to an extent where we are now able to significantly contribute towards the achievement of national developmental objectives and are proud to be in a position where we have become catalysts for change and transformation.

Karibib

Okakarara

The credo of the bank is simple, the approach direct, and the results are positive. We offer a complete range of financial services, be it Corporate, Commercial, Personal or Business Banking. We have an extensive branch network and ATMs all over Namibia, with specialist support divisions such as Standard Insurance Brokers, Vehicle and Asset Finance and our Home Loans Department.

Standard Bank was the first commercial bank to open its doors in Lüderitz in 1915.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 19

Page 22: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CHAIRMAN’S REPORT

“Peaks and troughs in the business cycle are normal, as are recessions. The fact that Namibia has now experienced a recession is not unique, nor something to be ignored. Recognising and addressing the factors which brought about the current downturn are necessary in order to prevent the same happening in the future.”

N$546 millionPROFIT AFTER TAX

2016: N$540 million

1.2%

OverviewThe Namibian economy found itself in a recession during 2017 with little policy tools available through which to kick-start growth. Government debt remains at elevated levels and, since the Moody’s downgrade to sub-investment grade, likely to become more expensive going forward. In addition, the Bank of Namibia’s monetary policy is constrained by the South African Reserve Bank’s decisions as a result of there being no buffer between the rates of the two central banks. Limited policy space has left Namibia vulnerable to external shocks.

Peaks and troughs in the business cycle are normal, as are recessions. The fact that Namibia has now experienced a recession is not unique, nor something to be ignored. Recognising and addressing the factors which brought about the current downturn are necessary in order to prevent the same happening in the future.

Prior to 2016, the Namibian economy made substantial gains, on the back of an average growth rate of 5.7% over the six-year period between 2010 and 2015. A subsequent slowdown in foreign direct investment inflows and completion of construction on various mining projects, coupled with a slump in commodity prices and the slowdown in government revenue growth, effectively applied the brakes on economic growth. This has directly impacted the banking industry – growth in private sector credit extensions slowed dramatically during 2017 and there has been an increase in non-performing loans across the banks.

Against this backdrop, Standard Bank Namibia has showed remarkable resilience in its financial performance for 2017 with profit after tax increasing by 1.2% compared to 2016. Furthermore, our capital position and liquidity remained strong, with a total capital adequacy ratio in excess of the minimum requirements of 10% for SBNH and liquid assets well in excess of prudential requirements.

millionprices and the seffectively applidirectly impactecredit extensionbeen an increas

Against this bacremarkable resiprofit after tax iFurthermore, ouwith a total caprequirements ofprudential requ

Herbert Maier

20

Page 23: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

The ‘Tuyende’ journey has the board’s full support, specifically the emphasis given to the bank’s CUSTOMER. Our results for 2017 are testimony to the challenges we face on this journey – more work is required to ensure that we are in a position to fully realise the potential inherent in the bank’s brand and that the market offers from exceeding customer expectations.

The quality of our risk management was thoroughly tested in 2017 as economic conditions in Namibia deteriorated. The Board engaged management about the exposures and resilience, and – as borne out by the relevant metrics – our robust debates made for an effective response that simultaneously defended our business, supported our clients and helped to mitigate the economic strain experienced.

The pace at which digital technology is advancing in our industry and our group inevitably increases the risk of cybercrime and, therefore, the importance of maintaining the stability of our IT systems and of keeping our clients’ information safe. Our board IT committee has maintained focus on IT risk throughout the year. The board is briefed regularly on the performance of our systems to detect, avoid and/or remediate threats to our IT systems.

The board spends a great deal of time making sure that all the group’s regulatory requirements are met. We are well-positioned for the introduction of Basel III Capital requirements during 2018 and have completed our transition to IFRS 9 for the 1 January 2018 effective date. Of course, full and proper compliance requires a rigorously ethical and engaged response to the spirit of the laws, regulations, standards and codes that apply to us.

ProspectsNamibia will recover from this current economic slowdown, but this is likely to take some years. Pro-cyclical fiscal policy, which contributed to the overheating of the economy, may now result in it languishing in a low growth environment for an extended period. Balancing structural reforms while undertaking fiscal consolidation will be challenging, but necessary. Fiscal policy space needs to be created through structural reforms to government’s expenditure profile in order to return expenditure to sustainable levels. The current process of fiscal consolidation is the first step in the right direction.

The rate at which recurrent, consumptive expenditure has increased over the last few years needs to be reduced in order to grow productive expenditure. The outlook for the rest of the year and the year to follow remains downcast. The fiscus is likely to remain under pressure and low liquidity, such as that seen during 2016/2017, is likely to stay with us going forward. Namibia is now more vulnerable to external shocks than at any point since the global financial crisis due to limited monetary and fiscal policy space. Effective fiscal reforms and consolidation, investor friendly policy, and public-private cooperation are the tools that remain available to us, and if implemented effectively, are likely to lead to a return to long-term sustainable growth.

Accordingly, we continue to monitor developments and potential threats, engage with industry bodies and invest in our defences to enhance our resilience. The businesses we operate are complex and we rely on our people to navigate the challenges each business faces and make appropriate decisions in line with strategic priorities and our values. To this end, we continue to invest and equip our people with the skills required, empower them to make decisions, hold them accountable and celebrate their successes. Furthermore, we are seeking opportunities to use technology to leverage our data to inform decisions, deliver client-specific solutions and drive process efficiency and productivity gains.

AppreciationThe board and I would like to express our appreciation to our customers and other stakeholders, including the bank’s shareholders, for their continued support. We extend our appreciation to the entire staff of Standard Bank for their commitment to service and excellence in managing the business.

As we look to the year ahead, we remain steadfast in our commitment to doing the right business the right way. In this context, we continue to embed a culture of responsible business practices. We remain committed to delivering through-the-cycle headline earnings growth and ROE within our target range of 20% – 25% over the medium term. In order to do so, we recognise the need to balance prudent capital management with appropriate return-based resource allocation and leverage.

I wish to highlight that banks play an important role in society which is broader than creating shareholder value. We seek to create value for all our stakeholders – clients, employees, shareholders, government and communities alike. In doing so, we continue to contribute meaningfully to the social, economic and environmental prosperity and wellbeing in the markets in which we operate.

Finally, a well-earned word of thanks to my fellow board members for their valued input, productive participation, excellent teamwork and sound guidance throughout 2017. Our purpose as an organisation remains – Namibia is our home – we support her growth.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 21

Page 24: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Vetumbuavi Mungunda

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

“Like the Chinese Bamboo Tree, we believe that our efforts and hard work over the last three years in bringing stability to our systems, redesigning our processes and products and enhancing customers’ loyalty while investing in innovative products and continuous improvement initiatives will result in accelerated growth in our businesses.”

OverviewThe steep contractions in the construction sector and poor domestic demand is expected to result in a low to negative economic growth in 2017, which is expected to be lower than the 1.1% growth of 2016.

The heightened liquidity constraints from 2016 continued in 2017, increasing the cost of liquidity further in the domestic market, negatively impacted net interest margins. Namibia’s Long-Term Foreign Currency Issuer Default Rating was downgraded to BB+ from BBB- during 2017, while disappointing, the downgrade was not unexpected as expenditure overruns and fiscal shortfalls in meeting deficit and debt targets, coupled with weaker than expected economic recovery, considerably dampened the prospect of Namibia’s fiscal position.

2017 was, therefore, a year of attenuation for the economy and business. Despite these challenges, Standard Bank Namibia posted respectable results and made great strides in transforming our operational environment, operational processes, products and operating structures.

Strategic priorities2017 marked the end of our three-year 2015 – 2017 strategic cycle during which time the bank made genuine progress toward its strategic objectives. We have achieved significant milestones over the three years, with the following as some of the key highlights:

• Growth in profitability from N$362 million in 2014 to N$549 million in 2017, a 51% growth over the three years.

• There has been a significant reduction, by three times, in the number of customer complaints between 2014 and 2017.

• Our turnaround times for key products such as VAF and home loans have improved by three-fold, with improving market share noted in 2017 in these products. Further, Brand tracker survey has shown significant continuous progress in our brand

warmth between 2014 and 2017.

• Our quest to become an employer of choice shows good progress as seen against our Deloitte Best

Company to Work for Survey’s engagement index which is above international benchmark.

N$546 millionPROFIT AFTER TAX

2016: N$540 million

1.2% p , p p

Strategic priorities2017 marked the end of our thcycle during which time the baits strategic objectives. We havover the three years, with the fhighlights:

• Growth in profitability from N$549 million in 2017, a 51%

• There has been a significannumber of customer compl

• Our turnaround times for keloans have improved by threshare noted in 2017 in thesesurvey has shown significan

warmth between 2014 an

• Our quest to becogood progress as

Company to Wowhich is abov

546 millionAFTER TAX

40 million

1.2%

22

Page 25: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Following a review of the macroeconomic outlook, as well as key strategic opportunities and challenges for the business, new strategic priorities and objectives were set for the new strategic planning cycle 2018 – 2020 with the vision of placing the “customer at the centre of who we are and what we do?”. In working toward this vision, we have accelerated our efforts to revolutionise our processes, products, structures and operating model as informed by what matters to the customer. Our key strategic objectives and initiatives for the current planning cycle are as follows:

Client focusOur proof of concept customer touch points reached significant strides in revolutionising our process, structures and customer experience. We have redesigned our customer processes at ten branches and customer touch points by end December 2017, and we plan to conclude the redesign of all our customer processes across the bank by end December 2018.

The customers’ uptake of our products and services following these revolutionary changes has been overwhelmingly positive. We further plan to complement these efforts with more devolved decision-making powers closer to our customer touch points so as to further improve our turnaround times when serving our customers.

Risk and trustWe are pleased to announce that we have commenced a project to replace our old ATM machines with new state-of-the-art ATM machines since October 2017. At the same time, we have also installed 30 cash deposit taking ATM machines countrywide, to cater for our customers’ preferences to deposit cash at ATMs without the need to go into branches. The installation of these deposit taking machines will be completed during 2018.

In our drive to bring service closer to our customers, we invested in additional points of representation. We opened new points of representation in Oniipa, Okakarara, Karibib, and Okongo and upgraded the Grootfontein, Otjiwarongo, Aranos, Rosh Pinah, Khorixas and Rehoboth branches to enhance customer experience. We further relocated the Omuthiya branch to a new refurbished facility signifying our commitment and trust in the future of these towns.

We are honoured and pleased by the number of prestigious awards received during the year. Standard Bank was awarded as the Best Investment Bank in the Country for 2017, and Best Sub-Custodian Bank in Namibia.

Culture of continuous improvementWe have launched a new customer value proposition called Pioneers for the young professionals and a refreshed Youth proposition, an additional lending proposition to our customers earning below the N$7 500 thresholds. All these new products were launched following a review of the preferences and demands of our customers, and these engagements with our customers will be continued in 2018 to inform improvements and changes to our products and processes.

As we moved toward one of our objectives for 2017 as the most innovative bank, we launched a refreshed Online Banking platform and will early in 2018 roll out a new Fuel and Fleet proposition, a payment App under the name PayPulze and an improved BlueWallet proposition.

Employer of choiceStandard Bank has been a participant of the Deloitte Best Company Survey for the past two years, which measures the Best Company and Engagement Indexes. Ideally, an organisation should achieve a benchmark of 62.2 for the Best Company Index and 67.78 for the Engagement Index. Standard Bank scored 68.77 in respect of the Engagement Index and 61.35 for the Best Company Index.

While we celebrate exceeding the Engagement Index, we have marginally missed the Best Company Index by 0.85. The dimensions needing attention have been prioritised to ensure continual improvement in our staff experience.

Given our resolve to continually review and improve our employee value propositions to ensure continuous relevance and competitiveness, we introduced and implemented staff preferential rates in respect of housing financing, car loans financing and discounted transactional fees across all employee work levels.

In order to build a strong and resilient leadership pipeline for sustainability purposes, the bank invested over N$1.8 million in a coaching programme targeting talent, senior managers and executives where over 40 staff members have undergone the coaching development programme in 2016 and 2017. This coaching programme will be extended to more staff members during 2018. Further, the leadership team continues to engage staff on a regular basis via the Tuyende Series sessions held monthly and executive roadshows held twice a year across the bank.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 23

Page 26: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Sustainable growthThe banking industry earnings have been declining over the last 18 months on the back of contractions in consumer spending which saw the market experiencing negative growth, as well as decreasing net interest margins following heightened liquidity constraints. Despite these challenges, Standard Bank has delivered respectable earnings growth of 1.2% on the prior year earnings, and have achieved steady performance in credit performance ratios such as non-performing loans, ratios, early-arrears and credit loss ratios.

We are pleased to report that our results for 2017 were supported by growth in loans and advances to customers at 6.2% over the prior year, which is positive when compared to the private sector credit extension growth of 5.2% for the year.

LeadershipThe year 2017 saw the retirement of the long-serving senior executive member and previous head of risk, Mr Ehrenfried Meroro, who retired in September 2017 after 14 years of service to Standard Bank. Standard Bank is grateful to Mr Ehrenfried Meroro for his commitment and dedication to Standard Bank and wish him well on his retirement. Mr Meroro was replaced by Mrs Samantha Moller-Henckert as head of risk effective 1 October 2017. Mrs. Letitia du Plessis was promoted to the position of head of treasury and member of the executive committee effective 1 October 2017.

Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB) highlightsCIB profits for the year decreased by 3.5% on the 2016 results. These results were challenged by the overall macroeconomic conditions, especially the high costs of funding due to heightened liquidity constraints. The business participated in significant transactions which only came to conclusion towards the end of the final quarter. These transactions comprise of key big ticket structured trades together with mandates on key ‘game changing’ transactions in the Namibian landscape. This underlies the market acknowledgement of the local expertise within our franchise. We believe that the 2018 results will be positively influenced by the conclusion of these transactions. The regulatory environment has continued to impact the business, through the scale and complexity of regulatory compliance projects.

Personal & Business Banking (PBB) highlightsThe business profits grew by 3.47% from 2016, mainly supported by good growth in our loan book and transactional business on the back of improved service delivery and turnaround times. The main focus for the business in 2017 was to drive growth on existing platforms and optimise existing platforms by delivering what matters to the customer. This focus saw the launch of the improved BlueWallet proposition, improved Internet Banking platform and improvements in the turnaround times in our key products of home loans and vehicle and asset finance.

Credit managementWe continue to show steady progress in the quality of our loan book with normalisation of our key credit metrics of growth in credit impairments, non-performing loans and credit loss ratios compared to the prior year. This is due to the review of credit granting and ancillary processes that have improved the quality of our lending and the surrounding administrative processes.

Corporate Social Investment highlightsStandard Bank recognises the importance of Corporate Social Investment and Employee Community Involvement as a mechanism to supporting and uplifting our country, society and communities. In being true to our purpose ‘Namibia is our Home, We Drive Her Growth’, Standard Bank committed over N$5.7 million to Corporate Social Investment programmes in 2017. These programmes are in the area of Education, Entrepreneurship/Enterprise Development and Community Health and Wellness and Environmental issues.

We continued with our flagship project, Buy-a-Brick, which is aimed at mobilising individual Namibians to contribute/donate token bricks where proceeds are handed over to the Shack Dwellers Federation of Namibia in June of every year.

Contributions collected in 2017 through the Buy-a-Brick initiative of N$2 million realised the construction of 54 houses in Berseba, Otjinene and Windhoek’s informal settlements following the 44 houses built in 2016 in Rehoboth. In our drive to create awareness about the acute housing shortage in the country and highlight the need for housing for the no- and low-income communities and the quest for solutions in the national discourse we hosted a chief executive officer’s outreach Conference on Housing Shortage in Windhoek in conjunction with the Ministry of Rural and Urban Development and attended by various business personalities. We are reviewing and increasing our efforts to raise more contributions for the Buy-A-Brick initiative so as to increase the number of houses built for the low- to no-income section of our society to over 100 houses every year.

New head officeWe have commenced with the construction of our head office building at a cost of N$600 million which is expected to be completed in September 2019. This investment is a further testimony to our long-term commitment and trust in the future of Namibia.

24

Chief executive’s review continued

Page 27: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Outlook for 2018The macroeconomic environment in the country continued to deteriorate throughout 2017 compounded by increased liquidity constraints in the local market, deeper than expected contractions in the construction, and wholesale and retail trade sectors. Growth is expected to resume in 2018 and accelerate to about 4% by 2020, off the back of a recovery in the wholesale and retail trade sector, and sustained growth in the mining sector.

We believe, however, that the projected slow recovery could benefit from structural changes that would reduce the current expenditures of government, increase productive infrastructure spending in key economic sectors such as water and electricity complemented by a reduction in the number of SOEs through divestitures, listings and public-private partnerships.

Like any plant, growth of the Chinese Bamboo Tree requires nurturing through water, fertile soil, and sunshine. In its first to its fourth year though, we see no visible signs of growth above the soil. But then finally in the fifth year – something amazing happens…The Chinese Bamboo Tree grows 80 feet tall in just six weeks!

Like the Chinese Bamboo Tree, we believe that our efforts and hard work over the last three years in bringing stability to our systems, redesigning our processes and products and enhancing customers’ loyalty while investing in innovative products and continuous improvement initiatives will result in accelerated growth in our businesses.

AcknowledgementsA great deal of our success relies on the interactions with our staff and our customers. We thank our staff and customers for their support and promise to strive for excellence in customer service and to tailor our banking offering to meet the ever-changing requirements of the market through innovative products.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 25

Page 28: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

FINANCIAL REVIEW

The resultsDespite the elevated levels of macroeconomic and policy uncertainty experienced in Namibia SBN Holdings group profit after tax increased by 1.2% in 2017 to N$546 million. Loans and advances to customers increased by 6.2%. The cost of funding increased significantly during 2017 resulting in a 14.5% increase in interest expense and net interest margin decreasing to 4.31% from 4.83%. The group experienced a negative JAWS ratio of 0.5%, partly due to significant investments in staff. This is also reflected in the cost-to-income ratio which increased from 59.53% to 59.82%. The group’s return on equity decreased to 18.6% from 20.9%.

This result bears testimony to the resilience of the group’s operations and the actions taken by management to position the group’s operations to absorb the impact of the recession, to identify growth opportunities and preserve our financial performance in a challenging operating environment.

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND KEY RATIOS

Change

% 2017 2016

ROE (11.2) 18.56 20.89Profit for the year

(N$’000) 1.2 545 925 539 686Tier I capital

adequacy ratio1 4.5 13.25 12.68Loans and advances

to customers (N$’000) 6.2 20 059 977 18 887 656

Deposits from customers (N$’000) 15.8 24 345 680 21 027 603

Non-interest revenue to total income 0.1 43.32 42.89

Net interest margin (10.6) 4.31 4.84Credit loss ratio (3.5) 0.49 0.50Cost-to-income ratio 0.5 59.82 59.53

1 Excluding un-appropriated profits

N$546 millionPROFIT AFTER TAX

2016: N$540 million

1.2%

(N$ 0Tier I ca

adequLoans a

to cust(N$’00

Depositscustom(N$’00

Non-inteto total

Net intereCredit losCost-to-in

1 Excluding

2016: N$540 million

“This result bears testimony to the resilience of the group’s operations and the actions taken by management to position the group’s operations to absorb the impact of the recession, to identify growth opportunities and preserve our financial performance in a challenging operating environment.”

Bryan Mandy

26

Page 29: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Income statement analysisThe income statement or statement of financial performance

reflects the revenue generated by the group, as well as the

costs incurred in generating that revenue for the year ended

31 December 2017.

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEfor the year ended 31 December 2017

%Change

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Net interest income 1 242 769 1 219 857

Interest income 23 2 460 108 2 282 657 Interest expense 24 (1 217 339) (1 062 800)

Non-interest revenue 949 956 916 270

Net fee and commission revenue 717 527 753 048

Fee and commission revenue 25 896 273 911 196

Fee and commission expense 26 (178 746) (158 148)

Trading revenue 27 122 517 121 056 Other revenue 28 109 912 42 166

Total income 2 192 725 2 136 127 Credit impairment

charges 29 (97 047) (90 933)Income after credit

impairment charges 2 095 678 2 045 194 Operating expenses 30 (1 311 612) (1 271 611)Net income 784 066 773 583 Share of profit from

equity accounted investments 7 1 370 2 295

Net income before indirect taxation 785 436 775 878

Indirect taxation 31 (31 540) (24 780)Profit before direct

taxation 753 896 751 098 Direct taxation 31 (207 971) (211 412)Profit for the year 545 925 539 686

The resultsDespite the difficult operating environment, the group delivered a

reasonable profit after tax growth when compared to the

performance of the Namibian economy. This was mainly

attributable to continued income growth, cost management and

the resilience of our balance sheet.

Net interest income increased by 1.9%. While interest income grew by 7.8%, interest expense grew by 14.5%. Net interest margins eroded with the reduction in the repo rate during the period. Net interest margin also declined as a result of the increase in interest expense as a consequence of liquidity challenges in the economy and deposit growth from longer-term products which are more expensive. Interest income growth driven mainly by increased volumes with little opportunity to change pricing to compensate for increased cost of funding or higher credit costs resulting from IFRS 9.

Non-interest revenue grew by 3.7% in 2017. This represents a stable growth, with the growth in underlying activity being eroded by increased cost of delivery. Net fee and commission revenue decreased by 4.7%, trading revenue increased by 1.2% and other revenue grew by 161%.

Net fee and commission revenue increased despite limited increases in account transaction fees. Increases were experienced due to higher volumes on electronic banking channels even though these carry lower fees than the more traditional banking channels. An increase was seen on the corporate side in the form of higher guarantee and arrangement fee income earned. This was offset by substantial increases in cash handling fees and other direct costs.

Trading revenue increased marginally as a result of higher volumes.

Other revenue increased mainly due to higher dividends earned on investments.

Credit impairments increased by 6.7%. At the same time the credit loss ratio improved to 0.49% from 0.50%. Given the negative and often uncertain trend in the economy, which adversely impacted consumer spending, the bank was able to control its growth in impairments. This was partly due to new recovery strategies and enhanced monitoring implemented in 2016 that continued to be effective.

RCMA detailed analysis of performing and non-performing loans is provided on page 97.

Operating expenses increased by 3.1%. The group continues to invest in both staff and infrastructure in order to provide excellent customer service and deliver on our strategic priorities. We maintained a tight control on costs while investing for long-term growth.

Staff costs increased by 9.0% compared to 2016. This is partly due to new branches opening as well as general capacity investment in the branch network. Furthermore, Standard Bank continuously adjusts its salaries to remain competitive and retain top talent.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 27

Page 30: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Other operating expenses decreased by 3.2%. Operating expenses were positively impacted by once-off systems implementation related costs amounting to N$54 million written-off during 2016 and other cost management initiatives.

Balance sheet analysisThe balance sheet or statement of financial position reflects what the group owns, owes and the equity that is attributable to shareholders at 31 December 2017.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONat 31 December 2017

%

Change2017

N$’0002016

N$’000

Assets Cash and balances with central banks (0.1) 1 357 937 1 359 873Derivative assets 15.7 64 198 55 497Trading assets 47.6 430 186 291 426Financial investments 9.1 3 395 582 3 111 541Loans and advances 14.3 22 146 338 19 371 205Loans and advances to banks 331.5 2 086 361 483 549Loans and advances to customers 6.2 20 059 977 18 887 656Other assets 230.4 1 691 260 511 841Assets in group companies and joint ventures (65.0) 562 369 1 606 097Property and equipment 94.6 768 723 394 984Intangible assets (6.9) 323 038 347 115Current tax receivable 10.0 46 258 42 051

Total assets 13.6 30 785 889 27 091 630

Equity and liabilities Equity 11.4 3 108 872 2 789 962

Share capital – ordinary 0.0 1 000 1 000Share premium on issue of shares 0.0 442 234 442 234Reserves 13.6 2 665 638 2 346 728

Liabilities 13.9 27 677 019 24 301 668

Derivative liabilities 15.6 58 280 50 412Trading liabilities (99.9 92 151 127Deposit and current accounts 15.6 24 567 292 21 244 154

Deposits from banks 2.3 221 612 216 551Deposits from customers 15.8 24 345 680 21 027 603

Debt securities issued 0.3 1 218 731 1 215 249Provisions and other liabilities 24.9 505 701 404 835Loans from group companies 4.7 1 285 685 1 228 081Deferred taxation liability 428.0 41 236 7 810

Total equity and liabilities 13.6 30 785 889 27 091 630

28

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Page 31: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Total assets increased by 13.6% to N$31 billion. The main contributor to the increase was the growth in other assets, financial investments and in loans and advances.

Loans and advances customers were up 6.2% on the prior year. Growth was mainly seen across the mortgage (13.4), overdrafts and other demand loans (7.7%) and term lending (6.6%) products. We noted a contraction in instalment sale and finance leases as a result of changes in BON policy regarding the financing of vehicles. In PBB faster turnaround times and improved service offerings contributed to the growth, while CIB was able to secure substantial deals due to competitive terms.

The bank acquired an intangible asset during 2016. This is part of the localisation strategy of the bank and has resulted in significant savings in terms of royalty fees.

Total liabilities increased by 13.9% to N$27.9 billion. The increase is mostly as a result of increases in deposits from customers.

Deposits from customers increased by 15.8%. Significant growth occurred in negotiable certificates of deposits (35.3%) and call deposits (43.9%) reflecting the liquidity pressures faced by the consumer in Namibia.

Trading liabilities came onto the balance sheet due to the bank trading in repurchase agreements.

The deferred tax asset changed into a deferred tax liability predominately due to the acquisition of the intangible asset in 2016 and the construction activity around our new head office.

Liquidity and capital managementThe group’s tier I capital, was N$2 825 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: N$2 554 million) and total capital was N$3 229 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: N$2 942 million). The change in the group’s capital was primarily due to an increase in retained earnings offset by dividends paid.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIOS

Minimum

regulatory requirement

Target

ratio%

Including unappropriated

profits

Excluding unappropriated

profits

2017%

2016%

2017%

2016%

GroupTotal capital adequacy ratio 10 11 – 12 15.15 15.35 15.15 15.35 Tier I capital adequacy ratio 7 7.7 – 8.2 13.25 12.68 11.94 13.16 Tier I leverage ratio 6 6.6 – 7.2 8.95 8.76 8.06 9.47

Bank Total capital adequacy ratio 10 11 – 12 13.83 14.00 13.83 14.00 Tier I capital adequacy ratio 7 7.7 – 8.2 11.95 11.51 10.92 11.51 Tier I leverage ratio 6 6.6 – 7.2 8.21 8.21 7.49 8.18

The group maintained a well-capitalised position based on tier I, total capital adequacy and leverage ratios as set out below.

The group’s liquidity position remains strong with appropriate liquidity buffers of N$3.2 billion in excess of regulatory requirements at 31 December 2017. These significant levels of liquidity are appropriately conservative given the group’s liquidity stress testing philosophy and in view of potential change in regulatory requirements.

The group maintains adequate levels of highly marketable liquid securities to meet prudential, regulatory and internal stress testing requirements as protection against unforeseen

disruptions in cash flows. Eligible Basel III liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) high quality liquid assets (HQLA) are defined according to the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) January 2013 LCR and liquidity risk monitoring tools framework. In addition to this, management liquidity represents unencumbered marketable securities in addition to eligible Basel III HQLA which would be able to provide significant sources of liquidity in a stress scenario. The group is well placed to meet the minimum phased-in Basel III LCR standards as indicated by the Bank of Namibia.

RCMA detailed analysis of capital management is provided on pages 92 to 93.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 29

Page 32: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Introduction

The board operates on the understanding that sound governance practices are fundamental to earning the trust of stakeholders, which is critical to sustaining performance and preserving shareholder value.

The group's governance framework enables the board to balance its role of providing risk oversight and strategic counsel, and ensuring adherence to regulatory requirements and risk tolerance. The board is committed to upholding the fundamental tenets of governance, which include discipline, independence, responsibility, fairness, social responsibility, transparency and accountability of directors to all stakeholders.

The board's approach to governance is to embrace relevant local and international best practice. The principles of the Namcode inform the governance framework and practices of the group and its subsidiaries.

Governance framework

STANDARD BANK NAMIBIA BOARD

Exco Board audit committee

Project Exco Board risk committee

ALCO Board credit committee

ORCC Board HC subcommittee

CRMC Board CSI subcommittee

Board IT subcommitteeCC

IFC

NPC

TBC

Management committees Board committees

Exco: Executive committeeALCO: Asset and liquidity management committeeORCC: Operational risk management and

compliance committeeCRMC: Credit risk management committeeCC: Credit committeeIFC: Internal financial control committeeNPA: New product approval committeeTBC: Tender board committee

Codes, regulations and complianceComplying with all applicable legislation, regulations, standards and codes is integral to the bank’s culture. The board delegates responsibility for compliance to management and monitors this through the compliance function. Oversight of compliance risk management is delegated to the audit committee, which reviews and approves the compliance mandate submitted by the head of compliance, who reports on a quarterly basis on, among others, the status of compliance risk management in the bank, significant areas of non-compliance, as well as feedback on interactions with regulators. The compliance function, as well as the compliance policy and governance standards are subject to review and audit by the internal audit function of the bank. Material regulatory issues are escalated to the board risk committee.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

30

Page 33: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Board and directorsBoard structure and compositionThe board of directors is the bank’s highest decision-making body and is ultimately responsible for governance. The group has a unitary board structure and the roles of chairman and chief executive are separate. The chairman is an independent non-executive director, as are the majority of directors on the board. The balance of executive, non-executive and independent directors ensures a balance of power on the board, so that no individual or group can dominate board processes or decision making and ensures the appropriate level of challenge.

2017 Non-executive

independent directors 50% Non-executive directors 12.5% Executive directors 37.5%

Director composition (%)

2017

Independent non-executive directorsThe independence of board members is evaluated by the board HC committee, which classifies independence according to the definitions in the Namcode. Five non-executive directors of Standard Bank Namibia are independent.

Succession planningSuccession planning is a key focus and the board considers the composition of the board and its committees on an ongoing basis. The retention of board members with considerable experience is sought to ensure that appropriate levels of management oversight are maintained.

The board is satisfied that the current talent pool available within the bank and the work being done to strengthen it provides adequate succession depth over the short and long term. The board is further satisfied that there is a clear articulated talent strategy which focuses on creating a strong talent pool for key roles. The board is also satisfied that the bank is building capability on core areas to enable business strategy and ensure regulatory compliance. The board is further pleased to note that the Employee Value Proposition (EVP) has now been implemented.

Skills, knowledge, experience and attributes of directorsThe board ensures that directors possess the skills, knowledge and experience to fulfil their duties. The directors bring a balanced mix of attributes to the board, including:

• domestic and international experience

• operational experience

• understanding of macroeconomic and microeconomic factors affecting the group

• financial, legal, entrepreneurial and banking skills

• expertise in risk management and internal financial control.

The board regularly considers board members individually and collectively to ensure the board remains strategically, demographically and operationally appropriate.

Access to information and resourcesExecutive management and the board interact regularly. This is encouraged and the executive committee attends all board meetings. Directors have unrestricted access to management and company information, as well as the resources to carry out their roles and responsibilities. This includes external legal advice at the bank's expense.

StrategyThe board is responsible for determining the bank’s strategic direction. Management presents the bank’s strategy annually and discusses and agrees it with the board. The board ensures the strategy is aligned with the bank's values, performance and sustainability objectives, and addresses the associated risks.

Financial performance is monitored through quarterly management reports. In line with banking regulations, the board agrees the bank's corporate governance and risk management objectives for the year ahead. The board and the relevant risk committees monitor performance against governance and risk objectives respectively.

Board responsibilitiesThe general powers of the directors are set out in the bank’s articles of association. They have further unspecified powers and authority, in respect of matters, which may be exercised and dealt with by the company, which are not expressly reserved for the members of the company in general meeting.

The main responsibilities of the board as set out in the board mandate are as follows:

• approval of the strategic plan and the annual business plan, the setting of objectives and the review of key risks and performance areas

• monitoring the implementation of board plans and strategies against a background of economic, environmental and social issues relevant to the company and international political and economic conditions, as well as the mitigation of risks by management

• appointment of the chief executive and maintenance of a succession plan

• appointment of directors, subject to election by the members in general meeting

• determination of overall policies and processes to ensure the integrity of the bank’s management of risk and internal control.

Delegation of authorityThe board retains effective control through a well-developed governance structure that provides a framework for delegation. Board committees facilitate the discharge of board responsibilities and provide in-depth focus on specific areas. The board reviews the mandate of each committee at least annually.

The board delegates authority to the chief executive and executive directors to manage the business and affairs of the bank. The executive committee assists the chief executive when the board is not in session, subject to statutory parameters and the board's limits on the delegation of authority to the chief executive. The company secretary monitors board-delegated authorities.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 31

Page 34: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Board meetingsThe board meets once per quarter. Ad hoc meetings are held when necessary.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS – MEETING ATTENDANCE 2017

Mar May July Oct Dec

Board of directors’ meetings for 2017Mr H Maier (chairman)Mr J Muadinohamba AAdv N Bassingthwaighte AMrs B RossouwMs P NyandoroMr A GainMr VJ Mungunda AMr I Tjombonde AMr B Mandy

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

Board effectiveness and evaluationAn annual evaluation of board performance is conducted, to assess the achievement of goals set against its objectives. The aim of the evaluation is to assist the board in improving its effectiveness. The outcome of the evaluation is discussed at a board meeting and any areas of concern are addressed. Relevant action points are also noted for implementation. Executive directors do not participate in discussions regarding management performance or remuneration.

Education and inductionThe company secretary arranges an appropriate induction programme for new directors. This includes an explanation of their fiduciary duties, responsibilities and arranging visits to operations, where discussions with management facilitate an understanding of the company’s affairs and operations. Directors are regularly appraised, wherever relevant, of any new legislation and changing commercial risks that may affect the affairs of the bank.

In terms of the mandate of the board, directors can obtain independent professional advice in order to act in the best interests of the company, at the cost of the bank. Such a director also has unrestricted access to the chairman, executive directors and the company secretary. The focus for board training for the 2017 financial year was on IT security and money laundering control.

Board committeesEach board committee's mandate sets out the role, responsibilities, scope of authority, composition and procedures to be followed. All board committee mandates were reviewed in 2017 to take into account amendments to relevant legislation and the requirements of the Namcode.

Board audit committeeThe board audit committee (BAC) assists the board in discharging its duties relating to the safeguarding of assets and evaluation of internal control frameworks within the bank and any of its subsidiary companies.

The BAC reviews and assesses the integrity and effectiveness of the accounting, financial, compliance and other control systems. Some of the duties and responsibilities assigned to the audit committee are as follows:

• to review the audit plan with the external auditors, with specific reference to the proposed audit scope and approach to the bank’s activities falling within the high risk areas, the effectiveness of the audit and audit fee

• to review the accounting policies adopted by the bank and all proposed changes in accounting policies and practices, and recommend such changes where these are considered appropriate in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

• to review the bank’s interim and audited annual financial statements and all financial information intended for distribution to the shareholders and the general public, prior to submission to the full board and to consider the adequacy of disclosures

• to assess the performance of financial management and review the quality of internal accounting control systems and reports produced by financial management

32

Board and directors continued

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Page 35: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

• to review the basis on which the company has been determined a going concern and make a recommendation to the board

• to review written reports furnished by the external auditors and by the internal audit department of the bank detailing the adequacy and overall effectiveness of the bank’s internal audit function and its implementation by management, the scope and depth of coverage, reports on internal control and any recommendations and confirmation that appropriate action has been taken

• to review the bank’s compliance plan, and to consider reports and letters received from the banking supervisory authorities and other regulatory bodies, and management’s responses thereto where they concern matters of compliance and the duties and responsibilities of the board of directors of the bank

• to ensure compliance with all applicable legal, regulatory and accounting standards

• to monitor ethical conduct of the bank and executives and other senior officials and to review reports from management on violations of the code of ethics.

BOARD AUDIT COMMITTEE

Mar Jul Oct Nov

MemberMr J Muadinohamba

(chairperson)Mrs B RossouwMs P Nyandoro A

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

Board credit committeeThe purpose of the board credit committee (BCC) is to ensure that effective credit governance is in place in order to provide for the adequate management, measurement, monitoring and control of credit risk, including country risk. The BCC has the right to recommend to the board the roles and responsibilities for the credit risk management committee, with clearly defined mandates and delegated authorities as defined in the bank’s credit standards.

The board assigned the following duties and responsibilities to the committee:

• adoption of Standard Bank ‘s credit standards

• to ensure that all committees within the credit governance structure operate within clearly defined mandates and delegated authorities, as delegated to them by the board

• to ensure that an appropriate credit framework and structure exists.

BOARD CREDIT COMMITTEE

Mar Jul Sep Nov

MemberMr H Maier (chairman) AAdv N BassingthwaighteMr A Gain

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

Board risk committeeThe board risk committee has the responsibility of reviewing and recommending the risk philosophy, strategy and policies for approval and adoption by the board of directors. The committee assists the board in the discharge of its duties relating to the corporate accountability and associated risks in terms of management, assurance and reporting.

Feb Jun Sep Nov

MemberAdv N Bassingthwaighte

(chairman)Mrs B RossouwMr I Tjombonde

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

Board IT subcommitteeThe board IT subcommittee has the authority to review, monitor and provide guidance on matters related to Standard Bank Namibia’s IT strategy, operations, policies and controls.

Mar Jul Oct Nov

MemberMrs B Rossouw

(chairperson)Mr H Maier AMr I Tjombonde

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 33

Page 36: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Board HC subcommitteeThe role of the board HC subcommittee is to:

(a) provide oversight on the compensation of senior management and other key personnel and ensure that compensation is consistent with the bank’s culture, objectives, strategy and control environment

(b) perform other duties related to the bank’s compensation structure in accordance with applicable law, rules, policies and regulations.

The term ‘Compensation’ includes salary, allowances, long-term incentives, bonuses, severance arrangements and other benefits, rights or remuneration received under the bank’s policies. The goal of the committee is to maintain compensation policies, which will attract and retain the highest quality senior managers, which will reward the senior managers for the bank’s progress and enhancement of shareholder value. A further objective of the committee is to consider and evaluate nominations made for the appointment of independent, non-executive and/or executive directors to sit on the board of directors and to recommend fees for the directors.

Mar Oct

MemberMs P Nyandoro (chairperson)Adv N BassingthwaighteMr H Maier

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

Board corporate social investment (CSI) subcommitteeThe role of the board CSI committee is to:

• ratify SBN CSI strategy, policy and guidelines

• ratify alignment of the CSI strategy to the business strategy

• ratify proposed amendments to the focus area of CSI policy from time-to-time

• note the CSI decisions made by the relevant social investment committees of SBN

• take overall accountability for the reputation management of all CSI initiatives that impact the Standard Bank brand.

SBN pledges 1% of net profit generated by its business operations to CSI initiatives. The strategic focus of SBN’s CSI programme is on entrepreneurship development, education, environmental matters and health and wellness.

Mar Sep

MemberN HamunimeJ Muadinohamba

= AttendanceA = Apology– = Not applicable

Company secretaryThe role of the company secretary is to ensure the board remains cognisant of its duties. In addition to guiding the board on discharging its responsibilities, she keeps the board abreast of relevant changes in legislation and governance best practices. The company secretary also oversees the induction of new directors, including directors of subsidiary companies, as well as the ongoing education of directors. To enable the board to function effectively, all directors have full and timely access to information that may be relevant to the proper discharge of their duties. This includes information such as corporate announcements, investor communications and other developments which may affect the bank and its operations. All directors have access to the services of the company secretary.

Going concernOn the recommendation of the audit committee, the board annually considers and assesses the going concern basis in the preparation of the annual financial statements at year end. At the interim reporting period, a similar process is followed to enable the board to consider whether or not there is sufficient reason for this conclusion to be affirmed.

Relationship with stakeholders Regular, pertinent communication with stakeholders is part of the bank’s fundamental responsibility to create shareholder value and improve stakeholder relationships. In addition to the ongoing engagement facilitated by the company secretary, the chairman encourages shareholders to attend the annual general meeting where interaction is welcomed. The chairman of the board audit committee and the chairman of the board HC subcommittee are available at the meeting to respond to questions from shareholders. The bank proposes separate resolutions on each issue put forward to shareholders.

Connecting with our stakeholdersStandard Bank’s relevance to the markets and society in which it operates depends on continued and meaningful engagement with all stakeholders.

Stakeholder management at Standard Bank involves the optimal employment of the organisation’s resources to build and maintain good relationships with stakeholders. This helps the bank to manage the expectations of society, minimise reputational risk and form strong partnerships, which all underpin business sustainability.

SustainabilityThe Namcode recommends that a company integrates financial and non-financial reporting. This means that the annual report to stakeholders must reflect how economic, social and environmental issues impact on the company’s business strategy and, in turn, how these are considered when making business decisions. This evolution in reporting stems from the growing realisation that environmental and social issues have material costs and impacts and could directly impact a company’s long-term viability. Building on the bank’s previous non-financial disclosure in its annual reports, this year the bank has improved its reporting to include more information on the issues that are material to stakeholders and the bank’s long-term sustainability. SBNH launched its first comprehensive sustainability report during 2016.

34

Board and directors continued

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Page 37: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Ethics and organisational integrityThe bank’s code of ethics is designed to empower employees and enable effective decision making at all levels of the business according to defined ethical principles. It also aims to ensure that, as a significant organisation in the financial services industry, the bank adheres to the highest standards of responsible business practice. The code interprets and defines Standard Bank’s values in greater detail and provides value-based decision-making principles to guide its conduct. It is aligned with other Standard Bank policies and procedures, and supports the relevant industry regulations and laws.

The code specifies acceptable and unacceptable practices and assists in making ethical infringements easy to identify. It also promotes awareness of, and sensitivity to, ethical issues.

The chief executive and ethics officer are the formal custodians of Standard Bank’s code of ethics and ultimately responsible for its implementation.

Ethics incidents are reported via the ethics and fraud hotline, human resources department, risk department, financial crime control department and the ethics officers. Reported incidents include fraud, harassment, ethical dilemmas in procurement and abuse of authority. Quarterly ethics reports are presented to the board audit committee.

RemunerationRemuneration philosophyThe Standard Bank remuneration philosophy aligns with its core values, including growing our people and delivering value to our shareholders. The philosophy continues to emphasise the fundamental value of our people and their role in ensuring sustainable growth. This approach is crucial in an environment where skills remain scarce.

The bank’s board of directors sets the principles for the remuneration philosophy in line with approved business strategy and objectives. The philosophy aims to maintain an appropriate balance between employee and shareholder interests.

A key success factor for the bank is its ability to attract, retain and motivate the talent it requires to achieve its strategic and operational objectives in Namibia.

Remuneration governanceThe remuneration of board members is reviewed by the board of directors and approved and ratified at the AGM. The following key factors have informed the implementation of reward policies and procedures that support the achievement of business goals:

• the provision of rewards that enable the attraction, retention and motivation of employees and the development of a high-performance culture

• maintaining competitive remuneration in line with our markets, trends and required statutory obligations

• rewarding people according to their contribution

• allowing a reasonable degree of flexibility in remuneration processes and choice of benefits by employees

• moving to a cost-to-company remuneration structure

• educating employees on the full employee value proposition.

Board remuneration structureNon-executive directorsTerms of serviceAll non-executive directors are provided with a letter of appointment setting out the terms of their engagement. Directors are appointed by the shareholders at the annual general meeting (AGM) and interim board appointments are allowed between AGMs. One-third of the longest serving, non-executive directors are required to retire at each AGM and may offer themselves for re-election. If recommended by the directors and supported by the board, the board then proposes their re-election to shareholders. There is no limitation to the number of times a non-executive director may stand for re-election.

FeesNon-executive directors receive fixed fees for service on boards and board committees. This includes a retainer that has been calculated in line with market practices. There are no contractual arrangements for compensation for loss of office. Non-executive directors do not receive short-term incentives, nor do they participate in any long-term incentive schemes. The fees for non-executive directors are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure that such fees at all times remain market-related.

Executive directorsExecutive directors receive a remuneration package and qualify for long-term incentives on the same basis as other employees. The components of a remuneration package are as follows:

• guaranteed remuneration – based on market value and the role they play

• annual bonus and pension incentive – used to incentivise the achievement of bank/group objectives

• share-based incentives – rewards the sustainable creation of shareholder value and aligns behaviour to this goal

• pension – provides a competitive post-retirement benefit in line with group employees

• executive directors are not subject to retention agreements.

TransformationStandard Bank through the Bankers Association of Namibia is a signatory to the Namibia Financial Services Charter (the Charter). Standard Bank is committed to achieving full compliance with the minimum targets for 2014 and 2019 as set out in the Charter. This is tracked by the board and management at the highest level.

Standard Bank has committed to a 25% BBEE equity which is in accordance with the recommendation of the Charter. On 6 December 2010, the board of directors approved a decision to sell a 10% stake in the group to its staff members who qualify as broad based economic empowerment beneficiaries in terms of the Financial Sector Charter (BBEE Beneficiaries) and various community trusts formed to benefit BBEE Beneficiaries, as a first step in respect of the ownership category of the Financial Sector Charter. This scheme was formally launched on 6 November 2014.

The bank has completed the transfer of 10% of the bank’s shareholding from Standard Bank Group to Purros Investments, with 8% of the shares to be allocated to qualifying bank staff and the remaining 2% to a community trust to be set up with the objective of contributing to vulnerable communities with a focus on education, health and small enterprise development.

The second step towards SBNH achieving its localisation objectives will consist of SBG selling down a further 15% shareholding in SBNH. This transaction still has to be approved by the SBG board.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 35

Page 38: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

NO

N-E

XE

CU

TIV

E D

IRE

CT

OR

S

1

6

5

7

8

9

1. HERBERT MAIERChairman – non-executive director

BCom (UCT), CTA (UCT), CA(SA), CA(Nam)

Appointed 2010

During July 2011, Herbert joined IJG Holdings, initially on a consulting basis, assisting on the corporate advisory and private equity operations. Since June 2012, in addition to having bought into IJG Holdings, Herbert has taken control of the private equity management business. He was appointed to the Standard Bank Namibia board of directors on 1 October 2010 as an independent non-executive director and appointed to the position of chairman to the board during 2011.

DirectorshipsDirectorships• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• SBN Holdings Ltd• IJG Holdings (Pty) Ltd• IJG Capital (Pty) Ltd• MobiCash Payment Solutions

(Pty) Ltd• NEC Power & Pumps (Pty) Ltd• Stahl Construction (Pty) Ltd• NEO Paints Holdings (Pty) Ltd• Omburu Sun Energy (Pty) Ltd

Committee memberships• BCC• Board HR• Board IT

2. VETUMBUAVI MUNGUNDAChief executive director

BCom (UNAM), HDipAcc (Rhodes), CA(Nam), CA(SA), AMP (Harvard)

Appointed 2014

Vetumbuavi was appointed as chief executive of Standard Bank Namibia in April 2014. He previously worked for Deloitte for 18 years, where he was admitted as partner in 2001 and was appointed as managing partner of Deloitte Namibia in 2007. He was later appointed as regional managing partner for Deloitte Southern Corridor (Malawi, Botswana, Namibia, Zambia and Zimbabwe) in 2012, a position held before he joined Standard Bank Namibia.

Directorships• Standard Insurance Brokers

(Namibia) (Pty) Ltd• Stanfin & United Funerals

Insurance (Pty) Ltd• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• Betula Nigra Investments (Pty) Ltd

3. BRYAN MANDYChief financial officer – executive director

BCom (UCT), BCompt (Hons) (Unisa), CA(NAM), CA(SA)

Appointed December 2016

Directorships• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Pension

Fund (chairperson)• Standard Bank Nominees

(Pty) Ltd• Arleo Investment Sixteen

(Pty) Ltd

4. PINDIE NYANDOROExecutive director

BSc (Hons), MBA, LLB

Appointed 2011

Directorships• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• Stanbic Bank Botswana Ltd• Standard Lesotho Bank Ltd• Standard Bank S.A.R.L.

Mozambique• Standard Bank Swaziland Ltd• Stanbic Bank Zimbabwe Ltd

Committee memberships• BRC• Board HR• BAC• BCC

5. ISAC HIRIUA TJOMBONDENon-executive director

Master of Science (MSc) Information Systems, The American University, Washington, DC, USA Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) Computer & Information Sciences, Temple University, Philadelphia, PA, USA Certificate in Corporate Governance, University of Johannesburg, RSA Executive Development Programme, University of Stellenbosch, RSA

Appointed 2015

Chief officer of Corporate Services and a member of the executive committee at NamPower, responsible for Information & Communication Technology, Human Resources, and Fleet Management. He is the chairperson of the board of directors of Erongo RED and trustee of the NamPower Provident Fund.

Directorships• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• Erongo RED• Trustee NamPower Provident Fund

Committee memberships• Board IT

36

Page 39: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

EX

EC

UT

IVE

DIR

EC

TO

RS

4

3

2

6. JEREMIA MUADINOHAMBANon-executive director

Masters Degree in Developmental Finance, Masters Degree in Administration and Masters Degree in Intercultural Management

Appointed 2007

Jerry has over 15 years of combined experience in development finance and public management with the Namibia Development Trust, African Development Foundation, Social Security Commission and the Motor Vehicle Accident Fund.

Directorships• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd

Committee memberships• BAC• Board HR

7. ARNOLD GORE GAINNon-executive director

Bachelor of Commerce (Hons) in Financial Accounting and in Business Data Processing

Appointed 2015

Directorships• Stanbic Bank Botswana Ltd• Stanbic IBTC Bank Plc, Nigeria• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• Standard Bank Sarl-Mozambique

Committee memberships• BCC

8. ADV NATASHA BASSINGTHWAIGHTENon-executive director

BJuris, LLB (University of Namibia)

Appointed 2011

Natasha was admitted as a legal practitioner of the High Court of Namibia during 2002 and has been practising as an advocate since 2006.

Directorships• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• Standard Insurance Brokers

(Namibia) (Pty) Ltd• PPS Insurance Company

(Namibia) Ltd

Committee memberships• BRC• BCC• Board HR

9. BIRGIT EIMBECKNon-executive director

BPhil (University of Stellenbosch), CA(NAM)

Appointed 2012

Birgit currently serves as independent non-executive director of Namibia Asset Management Limited, an asset manager listed on the Namibian Stock Exchange. In the past, she chaired the audit committee of The Namibia Water Corporation Limited (Namwater), where she was also appointed as non-executive independent director to the board, and also served as the company secretary of the National Fishing Corporation of Namibia Limited (Fishcor).

Directorships• SBN Holdings Ltd• Standard Bank Namibia Ltd• Stanfin (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd• Namibia Asset Management Ltd

Committee memberships• BAC• BRC• Board IT

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 37

Page 40: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

1

2

3

5

4

6

7

1. VETUMBUAVI MUNGUNDAChief executive

BCom (UNAM), HDipAcc (Rhodes), CA(Nam), CA(SA), AMP (Harvard)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2014Appointed to Exco: 2014

2. AMIT MOHANHead – Corporate & Investment Banking

BCompt (Unisa), BCom (Hons) (Natal), CA(Nam), CA(SA), SMP(USB)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2009Appointed to Exco: 2014

3. MERCIA GEISESHead – Personal & Business Banking

BJuris (UNAM), LLB (UFS), LLM (UFS), MBA (USB)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2016Appointed to Exco: 2016

4. BRYAN MANDYChief fi nancial offi cer

BCom (UCT), BCompt (Hons) (Unisa), CA(Nam) CA(SA)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2011Appointed to Exco: 2011

5. MINULLIE DANIELSHead – PBB Credit

Diploma in Human Resource Management, Advanced Diploma in Bank Credit Management; MDP (USB)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2012Appointed to Exco: 2015

6. LETITIA DU PLESSISHead – Treasury

BCom (Stellenbosch), CA(Nam), CA(SA)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2012Appointed to Exco: 2017

7. DIRK SMITHead – CIB Credit

BCom (USB), MDP (USB), SMP (USB)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 1993Appointed to Exco: 2013

38

Page 41: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

8

9

10

12

11

13

14

For more information on how our remuneration structures support performance, refer to the remuneration report on page 35.

8. SAMANTHA MOLLER-HENCKERTHead – Risk Management

Bachelors in commerce (UCT), Studying 4th year LLB BCom (UFS), Associate member of AMBCIJoined the Standard Bank Group: 2017Appointed to Exco: 2017

9. ISDOR ANGULAHead – Human Capital

BTech (Human Resource Management) (Namibia University of Science & Technology), NDPA & Post Graduate Diploma in Law: Con & Arb (UNAM), MSc (Leeds Metropolitan University)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2011Appointed to Exco: 2012

10. NOLAN ANGERMUNDHead – Internal Audit

Certified Internal Auditor (CIA), Master in Internal Audit (MPHILL Internal Audit), BCom (Hons) Internal AuditJoined the Standard Bank Group: 2015Appointed to Exco: 2017

11. PIETER KRUGERChief information offi cer

BSc (Hons), MSc Computer Science(University of Stellenbosch) Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2015Appointed to Exco: 2015

12. ANDREW MASKEHead – Operations and Strategy

BBusSc Actuarial Science (UCT), MBA Finance (University of Chicago Booth School of Business)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2015Appointed to Exco: 2015

13. ROXZAAN WITBOOIHead – Compliance

BJuris (UNAM), LLB (UNAM)Joined the Standard Bank Group: 2012Appointed to Exco: 2014

14. SIGRID TJIJOROKISAHead – Legal and Governance

LLB (UWC), MDP (Damelin College), Advanced Diploma in Banking Law and Practice (UP), Diploma in Compliance Risk Management (UP), IODSA and the Compliance Institute of South AfricaJoined the Standard Bank Group: 2012 Appointed to Exco: 2012

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 39

Page 42: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

41 Directors’ responsibilities and approval

42 Independent auditor’s report

45 Directors’ report

46 Consolidated statements of financial position

47 Consolidated statements of profit or loss

48 Consolidated statements of other

comprehensive income

49 Consolidated statements of changes in equity

50 Consolidated statements of cash flows

51 Accounting policy elections

52 Key management assumptions

54 Notes to the annual financial statements

86 Annexure A – Subsidiaries

87 Annexure B – Joint ventures

88 Annexure C – Risk and capital management

118 Annexure D – Emoluments of directors

119 Annexure E – Detailed group accounting policies

40

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 43: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES AND APPROVAL

The directors are responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated and separate financial statements of SBN Holdings Limited. The financial statements presented on pages 42 to 137 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and include amounts based on judgements and estimates made by management.

The going concern basis has been adopted in preparing the consolidated and separate financial statements. The directors have a reasonable expectation that the group will have adequate resources to continue in operational existence and as a going concern for the foreseeable future. These financial statements support the viability of the group.

The consolidated and separate financial statements have been audited by the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers who were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of shareholders,

the board of directors and committees of the board. The directors believe that all representations made to the independent auditors during their audit are valid and appropriate.

The audit report of the independent auditor is presented on page 42.

The annual report set out on pages 42 to 137, which have been prepared on the going concern basis, were approved by the board on 23 February 2018 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mr H Maier Mr VJ Mungunda

Chairman Chief executive

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 41

Page 44: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Members of SBN Holdings LimitedReport on the audit of the consolidated and separate financial statements

Our opinionIn our opinion, the consolidated and separate financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and separate financial position of SBN Holdings Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together the Group) as at 31 December 2017, and its consolidated and separate financial performance and its consolidated and separate cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and the requirements of the Companies Act of Namibia.

What we have auditedSBN Holdings Limited’s consolidated and separate financial statements set out on pages 46 to 137 comprise:

• The directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2017;

• the consolidated and separate statements of financial position as at 31 December 2017;

• the consolidated and separate statements of profit or loss for the year then ended;

• the consolidated and separate statements of other comprehensive income for the year then ended

• the consolidated and separate statements of changes in equity for the year then ended;

• the consolidated and separate statements of cash flows for the year then ended; and

• the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies.

• Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report, rather than in the notes to the financial statements. These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.

Basis for opinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated and separate financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

IndependenceWe are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (Parts A & B) and other independence requirements applicable to performing audits of financial statements in Namibia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with this and in accordance with other ethical requirements applicable to performing audits in Namibia.

Other informationThe directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the SBN Holdings Limited consolidated and separate Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2017. Other information does not include the consolidated and separate financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated and separate financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated and separate financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated and separate financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the directors for the consolidated and separate financial statementsThe directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated and separate financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and the requirements of the Companies Act of Namibia, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated and separate financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated and separate financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group and/or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated and separate financial statementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated and separate financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not

42

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 45: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated and separate financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated and separate financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s and the Company’s internal control.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report

to the related disclosures in the consolidated and separate financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group and/or Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated and separate financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated and separate financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Chartered Accountants (Namibia)

Registered Accountants and Auditors

Per: Nangula Uaandja

Partner

Windhoek, 29 March 2018

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 43

Page 46: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Review of activitiesMain business and operationsSBN Holdings is the holding company for Standard Bank Namibia. It conducts its operations through the following businesses:

• Banking services through Standard Bank Namibia Limited, a registered Namibian commercial bank.

• Insurance broking services through subsidiary companies Stanfin (Namibia) (Pty) Limited and Standard Insurance Brokers (Namibia) (Pty) Limited.

• Safe custodianship through its 100%-owned subsidiary company Standard Bank Namibia Nominees (Pty) Limited.

• Asset management and unit trust services through a related company, Liberty Life Namibia Limited.

The group operates in all main areas within Namibia and its head office is located in Windhoek.

The group also offers an international banking service through its association with Standard Bank Group Limited, a company registered in the Republic of South Africa and dual listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange and Namibian Stock Exchange, with representation throughout Africa.

Registered and business address5th Floor, Standard Bank Centre, corner of Werner List Street and Post Street Mall, PO Box 3327, Windhoek, Namibia

Registration number2006/306

Country of incorporationRepublic of Namibia

Results for the periodNet profit of the group was N$546 million (2016: N$540 million profit), after taxation of N$208 million (2016: N$211 million).

Events after the reporting periodThere were no events after the reporting date to report.

DIRECTORS’ REPORTfor the year ended 31 December 2017

Authorised and issued share capitalThe group’s authorised share capital consisted of 100 000 000 ordinary shares of 1 cent each of which 100 000 000 have been issued. The authorised and issued share capital remained unchanged for the year.

BorrowingsThe group’s borrowings consist mainly of deposit and current accounts originated through banking operations and long-term financing.

Property and equipmentThe group’s property and equipment are disclosed in note 8 to the annual financial statements.

DividendsA dividend of N$240 million was declared and paid in the year under review (2016: N$263 million).

A final dividend of N$160 million in respect of the year ended 31 December 2016 was declared and paid in March 2017. An interim dividend of N$80 million in respect of the year ended 31 December 2017 was declared and paid in October 2017. A final dividend of N$120 million in respect of the year ended 31 December 2017 was declared and paid in March 2018.

OwnershipAt 31 December 2017, Standard Bank Group Limited owned 89.9% of the issued share capital. The Purros Trust owned 10% and the following directors each hold 100 shares:

Mr H Maier Mr A Gain Mr VJ Mungunda Mr JL MuadinohambaAdv N Bassingthwaighte Ms PM NyandoroMrs B Rossouw Mr IH Tjombonde

The directors have no beneficial interest in the ordinary shares which are held on behalf of Standard Bank Group Limited.

44

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 47: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

DirectorsThe directors of the company during the year and to the date of this report are as follows:

SBN HOLDINGS LIMITED

Mr H MaierMr VJ MungundaAdv N BassingthwaighteMrs B Rossouw Mr AG GainMr BJ MandyMr JL MuadinohambaMs PM Nyandoro Mr IH Tjombonde

NamibianNamibianNamibianNamibianSouth AfricanNamibianNamibianZimbabweanNamibian

Company secretaryAdv S Tjijorokisa

INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES

Name of subsidiary

Amount of issued share

capital

Net income after tax (N$’000)

Standard Insurance Brokers (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd 1 20 597

Stanfin (Namibia)(Pty) Ltd 2 3 169

Standard Bank Namibia Ltd 200 001 500 467 273

Interest in subsidiariesThe company owns 100% of the share capital of Standard Bank Namibia Limited, Standard Insurance Brokers (Namibia) (Pty) Limited and Stanfin (Namibia) (Pty) Limited.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 45

Page 48: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITIONas at 31 December 2017

Note

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

AssetsCash and balances with central banks 1 1 357 937 1 359 873 Derivative assets 2 64 198 55 497 Trading assets 3 430 186 291 426 Financial investments 4 3 395 582 3 111 541 Current tax receivable 46 258 42 051 Loans and advances 5 22 146 338 19 371 205 Other assets 6 1 691 260 511 841 2 561 250 Assets in group companies and joint ventures 7 562 369 1 606 097 918 494 838 809 Property and equipment 8 768 723 394 984 Intangible assets 9 323 038 347 115

Total assets 30 785 889 27 091 630 921 055 839 059

Equity and liabilitiesEquity 3 108 872 2 789 962 838 086 783 300

Share capital – ordinary 10 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000Share premium on issue of shares 11 442 234 442 234 442 234 442 234Reserves 2 665 638 2 346 728 394 852 340 066

Liabilities 27 677 017 24 301 668 82 969 55 759

Derivative liabilities 2 58 280 50 412 Trading liabilities 12 92 151 127 Deposit and current accounts 14 24 567 292 21 244 154 Debt securities issued 15 1 218 731 1 215 249 Provisions and other liabilities 16 505 701 404 835 2 969 2 969 Loans from group companies 7 1 285 685 1 228 081 80 000 52 790 Deferred taxation liability 13 41 236 7 810

Total equity and liabilities 30 785 889 27 091 630 921 055 839 059

46

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 49: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSSfor the year ended 31 December 2017

Note

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Net interest income 1 242 769 1 219 857

Interest income 23 2 460 108 2 282 657 Interest expense 24 (1 217 339) (1 062 800)

Non-interest revenue 949 956 916 270 294 963 283 971

Net fee and commission revenue 717 527 753 048

Fee and commission revenue 25 896 273 911 196 Fee and commission expense 26 (178 746) (158 148)

Trading revenue 27 122 517 121 056 Other revenue 28 109 912 42 166 294 963 283 971

Total income 2 192 725 2 136 127 294 963 283 971 Credit impairment charges 29 (97 047) (90 933)

Income after credit impairment charges 2 095 678 2 045 194 294 963 283 971 Operating expenses 30 (1 311 612) (1 271 611) (177) (177)

Net income 784 066 773 583 294 786 283 794 Share of profit from equity accounted

investments 7 1 370 2 295

Net income before indirect taxation 785 436 775 878 294 786 283 794 Indirect taxation 31 (31 540) (24 780)

Profit before direct taxation 753 896 751 098 294 786 283 794 Direct taxation 31 (207 971) (211 412)

Profit for the year 545 925 539 686 294 786 283 794

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 47

Page 50: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEfor the year ended 31 December 2017

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Profit for the year 545 925 539 686 294 786 283 794 Other comprehensive income:Items that may be subsequently reclassified

to profit or lossFair value of available-for-sale financial assets 5 942 Fair value movement on post-retirement benefit 4 820

Other comprehensive income for the year net of taxation1 10 762 11 502

Total comprehensive income 556 687 551 188 294 786 283 794

1 The income tax relating to components of OCI is disclosed in note 30.3.

48

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 51: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITYfor the year ended 31 December 2017

Totalshare

capital1

N$’000

Available-for-sale

revaluation reserve2

N$’000

Share-based

paymentreserve3

N$’000

Statutorycredit risk

reserve4

N$’000

Post-employment

benefitreserve5

N$’000

Retained earnings

N$’000Total

N$’000

GroupBalance as at 1 January 2016 443 234 (17 822) 23 999 137 578 6 420 1 905 243 2 498 652

Profit for the year 539 686 539 686 Other comprehensive income 11 502 11 502

Total comprehensive income for the year 11 502 539 686 551 188

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 2 622 2 622

Transfer between reserves 10 300 (10 300)Dividends (262 500) (262 500)

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of company recognised directly in equity 2 622 10 300 (272 800) (259 878)

Balance as at 31 December 2016 443 234 (6 320) 26 621 147 878 6 420 2 172 129 2 789 962

Profit for the year 545 925 545 925 Other comprehensive income 5 942 4 820 10 762

Total comprehensive income for the year 5 942 4 820 545 925 556 687

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 2 217 2 217

Transfer between reserves 11 100 (11 100)Dividends (240 000) (240 000)

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of company recognised directly in equity 2 217 11 100 (251 100) (237 783)

Balance as at 31 December 2017 443 234 (378) 28 838 158 978 11 240 2 466 960 3 108 872

1 Please refer to notes 10 and 11 for further information.2 Available-for-sale reserve: refer to the available-for-sale financial assets section in accounting policy: Financial instruments.3 Share-based payment reserve: refer to accounting policy: Equity-linked transactions.4 The statutory credit risk reserve relates to the Bank of Namibia reserve requirements.5 The post-employment benefit reserve relates to medical scheme benefits to certain qualifying employees, retired employees and their registered dependants

(refer to note 32 for detailed disclosure).

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 49

Page 52: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSfor the year ended 31 December 2017

Note

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Net cash flow from operations 670 862 664 319 240 000 262 500

Cash flow from operations (437 332) (411 341) 0 (16 131)

Net income before indirect taxation 785 436 775 878 294 786 283 794 Adjusted for: (1 116 257) (1 126 115) (240 000) (278 631)

Credit impairment charges 29 97 047 90 933 Depreciation and amortisation 30 88 735 83 752 Equity-settled share-based payments 35 15 400 8 162 Fair value adjustments financial instruments 28 (4 889) (4 198)Fair value adjustments trading assets 27 (28 055) (27 604)Indirect taxation 31 (31 540) (24 780)Interest expense 24 1 217 339 1 062 945 Interest received 23 (2 460 108) (2 268 283)Net movement in post-employment benefits (227) 4 048 Profit on sale of property and equipment 30 (1 793) (4 332)Dividends received 28 (6 796) (44 463) (240 000) (278 631)Income from equity accounted investments 7 (1 370) (2 295)

Increase in income earning assets 32.1 (3 398 537) (2 469 897) (81 996) (20 191)Increase in deposits and other liabilities 32.2 3 292 026 2 408 793 27 210 (1 103)

Interest received 2 462 325 2 260 121 Dividends received 28 6 796 44 463 240 000 278 631 Interest paid (1 177 110) (1 025 513)Tax paid 32.3 (183 817) (203 411)

Net cash flows from investing activities (436 598) (431 462)

Purchase of property and equipment 8 (472 711) (107 337)Purchase of intangible assets 9 0 (361 160)Sale of property and equipment 32.4 36 113 37 035

Net cash flows from financing activities (236 200) 203 500

Senior debt redeemed (222 200) (133 800)Senior debt issued 226 000 599 800 Dividends paid 32.5 (240 000) (262 500) (240 000) (262 500)

Total cash and balances with central banks movement for the year (1 936) 436 357

Cash and balances with central banks at beginning of the year 1 1 359 873 923 516

Total cash and balances with central banks at end of the year 1 1 357 937 1 359 873

50

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 53: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

ACCOUNTING POLICY ELECTIONS

The principal accounting policies applied in the presentation of the group and company’s annual financial statements are set out below.

1. Basis of preparation The group’s consolidated and company’s separate annual financial statements (annual financial statements) are prepared

in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, its interpretations adopted by the IASB and the Namibian Companies Act. The annual financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the statement of financial position:

• available-for-sale financial assets, financial assets and liabilities classified at fair value through profit or loss and liabilities for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements

• post-employment benefit obligations that are measured in terms of the projected unit credit method.

The following principal accounting policy elections in terms of IFRS have been made, with reference to the detailed accounting policies shown in brackets:

• purchases and sales of financial assets under a contract whose terms require delivery of the asset within the timeframe established generally by regulation or convention in the marketplace concerned are recognised and derecognised using trade date accounting (accounting policy 3)

• intangible assets and property and equipment are accounted for at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment (accounting policies 6 and 7)

• intercompany transactions between the group’s continuing and discontinued operation are not eliminated but presented as part of the group’s respective continuing and discontinued operations’ results (accounting policy 9)

• the portfolio exception to measure the fair value of certain groups of financial assets and financial liabilities on a net basis (accounting policy 4)

• investment in associates and joint ventures are initially measured at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method in the separate financial statements (accounting policy 2).

2. Functional and presentation currency The annual financial statements are presented in Namibian dollar, which is the functional and presentation currency of the group and

the company. All amounts are stated in thousands of dollar (N$’000), unless indicated otherwise.

3. Changes in accounting policies The accounting policies are consistent with those reported in the previous year except as required in terms of the adoption of the

following:

Adoption of new and amended standards effective for the current financial period The accounting policies are consistent with those reported in the previous year except for of the adoption of the following

amendments effective for the current period:

• Annual improvements 2014 – 2016 clarification to IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (IFRS 12): amendment clarifies that an entity is not required to disclose summarised financial information for a subsidiary, joint venture or associate when classified (or included in a disposal group that is classified) as held for sale in terms of IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations (IFRS 5).

Early adoption of revised standards: • Amendment to IFRS 2 Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (IFRS 2): the amendments

eliminate diversity in practice in three main areas, namely (1) effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transactions; (2) classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and (3) accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash-settled to equity-settled.

• Annual improvements 2014 – 2016 clarification to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS 1) and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (IAS 28). The clarification to IAS 28 clarifies that an entity may make an election separately for each associate or joint venture, that is a venture capital organisation, or a mutual fund, unit trust and similar entities, including investment-linked insurance funds, at initial recognition to measure that associate or joint venture at either at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IAS 39 or the equity method in accordance with IAS 28.

The abovementioned amendments to the IFRS standards and circular, adopted on 1 January 2017, did not have any effect on the group’s previously reported financial results or disclosures and had no material impact on the group’s accounting policies.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 51

Page 54: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

KEY MANAGEMENT ASSUMPTIONS

In preparing the financial statements, estimates and assumptions are made that could affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on factors such as historical experience and current best estimates of uncertain future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. No material changes to assumptions have occurred during the year.

1. Impairment of available-for-sale equity investments The bank determines that available-for-sale equity investments are impaired and recognised as such in profit or loss when there has

been a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value below its cost. This determination of what is significant or prolonged requires judgement. In making this judgement, the bank evaluates, among other factors, the normal volatility in the share price. In addition, impairment may be appropriate when there is evidence of deterioration in the financial health of the investee, industry and sector performance, changes in technology, and operational and financing cash flows.

Had the declines of financial instruments’ fair values below cost been considered significant or prolonged, the company would have suffered an additional loss of N$378 thousand (2016: N$6 320 thousand) in its financial statements, being the transfer of negative revaluations within available-for-sale reserves to profit or loss.

2. Credit impairment losses on loans and advances Portfolio loan impairments The company assesses its loan portfolios for impairment at each reporting date. In determining whether an impairment loss should

be recognised in profit or loss, the company makes judgments as to whether there is observable data indicating a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of loans before the decrease can be allocated to an individual loan in that portfolio. Estimates are made of the duration between the occurrence of a loss event and the identification of a loss on an individual basis.

The impairment for performing and no-performing but not specifically impaired loans is calculated on a portfolio basis, based on historical loss patterns, adjusted for national and industry-specific economic conditions and other indicators present at the reporting date that correlate with defaults on the portfolio. These include early arrears, notice of accounts under debt review renegotiated loans, post write-off recoveries, watch list exposures and changes in macroeconomic conditions and legislation affecting credit recovery. The impairments are monitored on a monthly basis, with back-testing performed between actual write off experience and that estimated by the company’s models. The models are updated on a regular basis to incorporate actual write-off experience. The sensitivity to changing conditions is evaluated and specific sensitivity testing is done if and when required.

A key input into the determination of the company’s portfolio impairment provisions is the emergence period. The loss ratios applied to loan balances in the portfolio are based on the estimated loss emergence period. At year end, the company applied an average loss emergence period of a minimum of three months (2016: three months) for Personal & Business Banking (PBB) and 12 months (2016: 12 months) for Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB) loans and advances. Where required, these emergence periods are assessed by determining the sensitivity of the impairment by applying both longer and shorter emergence periods and comparing the sensitivity results with the incurred loss experience.

Specific loan impairments Non-performing loans include those loans for which the company has identified objective evidence of default, such as a breach of

a material loan covenant or condition, as well as those loans for which instalments are due and unpaid for 90 days or more.

The methodology used in determine the specific loan impairment includes modelling with various inputs such as segmentation, levels of loss expectation, recoverability of collateral, potential cash flows and probability of default. Management‘s estimates of future cash flows on individually impaired loans are based on historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating both the amount and timing of future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

Expected time to recover cash and collateral and recoveries of individual specifically impaired loans as a perentage of the outstanding balances are estimated as follows:

Expected time of recovery

Expected recoveries as a % of impaired loans

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Personal Banking 6 – 18 6 – 18 46 48

Mortgage loans 18 18 85 91Instalment sale and finance leases 9 9 41 43Card debtors 6 6 27 27Other lending 9 9 32 32

52

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 55: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

3. Fair value of financial instruments The fair value of financial instruments, such as unlisted equity investments and equity derivatives that are not quoted in active

markets is determined by using valuation techniques. Wherever possible, models use only observable market data. Where required, these models incorporate assumptions that are not supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on available observable market data. Such assumptions include risk premiums, liquidity discount rates, credit risk, volatilities and correlations. Changes in these assumptions could affect the reported fair values of financial instruments.

The total amount of the change in fair value estimated using a valuation technique not based on observable market data that was recognised in profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 was a profit of nil million (2016: nil million profit).

The additional disclosures with regards to fair value measurements of financial instruments are set out in note 18.

4. Financial risk management The company’s risk management policies and procedures are disclosed in the risk and capital management section (annexure C) of

the annual report.

5. Share-based payments The company has both cash- and equity-settled share incentive schemes which are issued to qualifying employees based on the

rules of the scheme. The company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of awards at grant date for its equity-settled share incentive schemes. The valuation of the company’s obligations with respect to cash-settled share incentive scheme obligations is determined with reference to the group’s parent company’s share price, which is an observable market input. In determining the expense to be recognised for both cash- and equity-settled share schemes the group estimates the expected future vesting of the awards by considering staff attrition levels. The group also makes estimates of the future vesting of awards that are subject to non-market vesting conditions by taking into account the probability of such conditions being met.

6. Other The nature of other assumptions or other estimation uncertainty for pensions and other post-employment benefits are disclosed

in note 33.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 53

Page 56: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Cash and balances with central banks

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2016N$’000

2015N$’000

Coins and bank notes 434 694 444 343 Balances with the Bank of Namibia 923 243 915 530

Reserve requirement balance1 271 644 243 571 Temporary excess balance 651 599 671 960

1 357 937 1 359 873

1 Deposits are placed with the Bank of Namibia for the purpose of reserve requirements and are therefore not available for use.

2. Derivative instruments2.1 Use and measurement of derivative instruments In the normal course of business, the group enters into a variety of derivative transactions for trading and hedging purposes.

Derivative instruments used by the group include swaps, options, forwards, futures and other similar types of instruments based on foreign exchange rates and interest rates.

The risks associated with derivative instruments are monitored in the same manner as for the underlying instruments. Risks are also measured across the product range in order to take into account possible correlations.

2.2 Derivatives held-for-trading The group transacts derivative contracts to address client demand, both as a market maker in the wholesale markets and in

structuring tailored derivatives for clients. The group also takes proprietary positions for its own account. Trading derivative products include the following:

Net fair value

N$’000

Fair value of assets

N$’000

Fair value of liabilities

N$’000

Contract/notionalamountN$’000

Group31 December 2017Foreign exchange derivatives– with third parties 6 800 32 129 (25 329) 1 009 779 – intergroup (6 207) 26 744 (32 951) 1 908 099 Interest rate derivatives– intergroup 5 325 5 325 36 751

Total derivative assets/(liabilities) 5 918 64 198 (58 280)

31 December 2016Foreign exchange derivatives– with third parties (21 341) 14 526 (35 867) 1 161 394 – intergroup 26 426 40 971 (14 545) 1 626 247

Total derivative assets/(liabilities) 5 085 55 497 (50 412)

The notional amount is the sum of the absolute value of all bought and sold contracts for both derivative assets and liabilities. The amount cannot be used to assess the market risk associated with the position held and should be used only as a means of assessing the group’s participation in derivative contracts.

54

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 57: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

3. Trading assetsGROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Government, municipality and utility bonds 1 135 163 403 Government-listed dated other 1 238 163 991 Provision (102) (587)Trading liabilitiesTreasury bills 429 051 128 023

430 186 291 426

4. Financial investmentsShort-term negotiable securities 1 681 978 1 740 701 Other financial investments 1 713 604 1 370 840

3 395 582 3 111 541

Comprising:Government, municipality and utility bonds 162 782 154 134 Treasury bills 1 681 978 1 740 701 Mutual funds 1 550 822 1 216 706

3 395 582 3 111 541

Financial investments with a value of N$120 million (2016: N$160 million) are pledged to the Bank of Namibia as security. The pledged assets are used as collateral should Standard Bank not have sufficient funds available for the settlement balance on the Bank of Namibia.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 55

Page 58: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

5. Loans and advances

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

5.1 Loans and advances net of impairmentsLoans and advances to banks 2 086 361 483 549 Loans and advances to customers 20 059 977 18 887 656

Gross loans and advances to customers 20 211 320 19 020 866

Mortgage loans 8 744 806 7 705 766 Instalment sale and finance leases 3 438 402 3 579 044 Card debtors 218 288 217 025 Overdrafts and other demand loans 2 107 273 2 167 456 Term lending 5 702 551 5 351 575

Credit impairments for loans and advances (note 5.3) (151 343) (133 210)

Specific credit impairments (105 535) (92 291)Portfolio credit impairments (45 808) (40 919)

Net loans and advances 22 146 338 19 371 205

5.2 Instalment sale and finance leases

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Gross investment in instalment sale and finance leases 4 060 639 4 298 107

Receivable within one year 205 593 168 409Receivable after one year but within five years 3 855 046 4 129 698

Unearned finance charges (622 237) (719 063)

Net investment in instalment sale and finance leases 3 438 402 3 579 044

Receivable within one year 199 622 161 250Receivable after one year but within five years 3 238 780 3 417 794

The instalment sale and finance leases are entered into on market-related terms. Movable assets are leased or sold to customers under finance leases and instalment sale agreements for periods varying between 12 and 60 months.

56

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 59: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

5. Loans and advances continued5.3 Credit impairments for loans and advances A reconciliation of the allowance for impairment losses for loans and advances to customers, by class:

MortgagelendingN$’000

Instalmentsale andfinance

leasesN$’000

CarddebtorsN$’000

Otherloans andadvances

N$’000 Total

31 December 2017Specific impairmentsBalance at beginning of the year (12 807) (37 260) (6 447) (35 777) (92 291)Impaired accounts written off 1 447 34 192 (1 174) 43 552 78 017 Net impairments raised and released (9 912) (45 177) 2 222 (38 395) (91 262)

Balance at end of the year (21 272) (48 245) (5 399) (30 620) (105 536)

Portfolio impairmentsBalance at beginning of the year (7 371) (6 254) (2 062) (25 233) (40 920)Net impairments raised and released (1 717) (1 520) (260) (2 290) (5 787)Exchange differences 138 760 898

Balance at end of the year (9 087) (7 636) (2 321) (26 763) (45 807)

(30 359) (55 881) (7 720) (57 383) (151 343)

31 December 2016Specific impairmentsBalance at beginning of the year (10 272) (45 349) (8 418) (97 211) (161 250)Impaired accounts written off 1 895 32 793 4 669 115 282 154 639 Net impairments raised and released (4 430) (24 704) (2 698) (53 848) (85 680)

Balance at end of the year (12 807) (37 260) (6 447) (35 777) (92 291)

Portfolio impairmentsBalance at beginning of the year (8 053) (4 474) (2 494) (21 039) (36 060)Net impairments raised and released 682 (1 788) 432 (4 578) (5 252)Exchange differences 8 384 392

Balance at end of the year (7 371) (6 254) (2 062) (25 233) (40 920)

(20 178) (43 514) (8 509) (61 010) (133 211)

Net provisions (raised)/released less recoveries of amounts written off in previous years equals income statement impairment charges (note 29).

6. Other assets

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Trading settlement assets 709 980 494 409 Other debtors 443 327 109 980 2 561 250 Items in the course of collection 537 953 1 305

1 691 260 605 694 2 561 250

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 57

Page 60: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

7. Group companies and joint ventures

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Assets in group companies (note 7.1) 554 273 1 599 372 918 494 838 809 Liabilities to group companies (note 7.2) (1 285 685) (1 228 081) (80 000) (52 790)Interest in joint ventures (note 7.3) 8 096 6 725

(723 316) 378 016 838 494 786 019

7.1 Assets in group companiesComprising:Trading assets 150 522 Other assets 12 650 6 659 249 708 240 533 Loans and advances 541 623 1 442 193 Investment in subsidiaries 598 276 598 276

Sub-total as above 554 273 1 599 372 847 984 838 809

Other intergroup assets included under other balancesDerivative assets (note 2) 32 069 40 971

Total intercompany asset balances 586 342 1 640 343 847 984 838 809

7.2 Liabilities to group companiesComprising:Subordinated debt (101 821) (101 844)Deposit and current accounts (1 081 842) (1 053 268)Other liabilities (102 022) (72 969) (80 000) (52 790)

Sub-total as above (1 285 685) (1 228 081) (80 000) (52 790)

Other intergroup liabilities included under other balancesDerivative liabilities (note 2) (32 951) (14 545)

Total intercompany liability balances (1 318 636) (1 242 626) (80 000) (52 790)

7.3 Interest in joint venturesCarrying value at beginning of the year 6 726 4 431 6 726 4 431 Share of profits 1 370 2 295 1 370 2 295

Carrying value at end of the year 8 096 6 726 8 096 6 726

Reconciliation of interest in joint venturesCost of investment 1 154 1 154 1 154 1 154 Share of reserves 6 942 5 572 6 942 5 572

Carrying value at end of the year 8 096 6 726 8 096 6 726

See annexure B for further disclosure on the joint venture.

8. Property and equipment

GROUP

2017 2016

CostN$’000

Accumulateddepreciation

N$’000

Carryingvalue

N$’000Cost

N$’000

Accumulateddepreciation

N$’000

Carryingvalue

N$’000

Freehold land and buildings 353 769 (4 718) 349 051 89 945 (3 999) 85 946Leasehold property 119 653 (53 756) 65 897 98 294 (46 253) 52 041Furniture and fixtures 216 441 (105 486) 110 955 178 080 (93 145) 84 936Motor vehicles 28 004 (18 236) 9 768 29 264 (17 423) 11 841Office equipment 33 417 (20 691) 12 727 41 170 (20 645) 20 526IT equipment 500 722 (280 397) 220 326 387 300 (247 605) 139 695

1 252 006 (483 283) 768 723 824 055 (429 070) 394 984

58

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 61: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

8. Property and equipment continued Reconciliation of property and equipment

OpeningbalanceN$’000

AdditionsN$’000

DisposalsN$’000

TransfersN$’000

DepreciationN$’000

Closing balanceN$’000

Group2017 Freehold land and buildings 86 269 263 735 (719) 349 285 Leasehold property 51 714 28 667 (7 301) (9) (7 503) 65 568 Furniture and fixtures 93 042 41 110 (2 766) 17 (12 213) 119 190 Motor vehicles 11 840 1 853 (3 114) (812) 9 767Office equipment 12 420 14 043 (12 441) 166 (67) 14 119 IT equipment 139 700 123 302 (19 136) (174) (32 899) 210 793

394 984 472 711 (44 759) (54 213) 768 723

2016 Freehold land and buildings 84 336 3 239 (589) (717) 86 269 Leasehold property 60 809 31 475 (32 086) (367) (8 117) 51 714 Furniture and fixtures 97 367 9 687 (28) 367 (14 350) 93 042 Motor vehicles 9 653 5 828 (3 641) 11 840 Office equipment 13 229 2 500 (3 309) 12 420 IT equipment 124 664 54 608 (39 572) 139 700

390 058 107 337 (32 703) (69 707) 394 984

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

RevaluationsThe fair value of freehold property, based on valuations

undertaken during 2014 by registered valuers was estimated as follows:

Fair value of freehold land and buildings 248 547 248 547

A register of freehold land and buildings is available for inspection at the registered office of the bank.

There are no significant properties or equipment to which title is restricted or which are pledged as security for liabilities.

9. Intangible assets

GROUP

31 December 2017 31 December 2016

CostAccumulated amortisation

Carrying value Cost

Accumulatedamortisation

Carryingvalue

Computer software 361 160 (38 122) 323 038 361 160 (14 045) 347 115

Total 361 160 (38 122) 323 038 361 160 (14 045) 347 115

Reconciliation of intangible assets

Opening balance Additions Disposals Transfers Amortisation

Closing balance

Group2017Computer software 347 115 (24 077) 323 038

Total 347 115 (24 077) 323 038

2016Computer software 361 160 (14 045) 347 115

Total 361 160 (14 045) 347 115

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 59

Page 62: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

10. Ordinary share capital

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

10.1 Authorised100 000 000 (2016: 100 000 000) ordinary

shares of 1 cent each 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000

10.2 Issued100 000 000 (2016: 100 000 000) ordinary

shares of 1 cent each 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000

Number ordinary shares

Reconciliation of shares issuedShares in issue at 1 January 2016 1 000Shares issued during 2016

Shares in issue at 31 December 2016 1 000Shares issued during 2017

Shares in issue at 31 December 2017 1 000

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

11. Ordinary share premiumShare premium on issue of shares 442 234 442 234 442 234 442 234

12. Trading liabilitiesRepurchase and other collateralised agreements 92 151 127

92 151 127

13. Deferred taxation assets13.1 Deferred tax analysis

Property, equipment and intangible assets (134 652) (92 772)Assets on lease (7 610) (9 701)Fair value adjustments included in available-

for-sale reserves under equity 178 2 974Impairment charges on loans and advances 36 322 31 970Post-employment benefits 32 976 36 041Provisions and other differences 31 550 23 678

Net deferred tax closing balance (41 236) (7 810)

Deferred tax asset 107 331 91 930 Deferred tax liabilities (148 567) (99 740)

13.2 Deferred tax reconciliationNet deferred tax balance at beginning of the year (7 810) 46 769 Various categories of originating/(reversing)

temporary differences for the year (31 260) (54 891)

Property, equipment and intangible assets (41 880) (37 337)Assets on lease 2 090 (107)Fair value adjustments included in available-for-sale

reserves under equity (2 796) (5 413)Impairment charges on loans and advances 4 351 (15 384)Post-employment benefits (3 064) 1 296 Provisions and other differences 7 872 2 054

Net deferred tax balance at end of the year 41 236 (7 810)

Temporary differences for the year comprise:Recognised in profit or loss (28 361) (49 477)Recognised in other comprehensive income 5 064 (5 414)

Deferred tax gain/(loss) 33 426 (54 891)

60

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 63: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

14. Deposit and current accounts

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Deposits from banks 183 456 244 117 Deposits from customers 24 345 680 21 027 603

Current accounts 4 333 232 3 812 644 Cash management deposits 5 117 955 5 974 501 Card creditors 30 936 31 104 Call deposits 6 743 534 4 686 373 Savings accounts 611 395 563 027 Term deposits 1 827 927 1 761 682 Negotiable certificates of deposit 5 680 701 4 198 272

24 529 136 21 271 720

15. Debt securities issued

Maturity date

Carrying value

Notional value

Carrying value

Notional value

2017N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2016N$’000

GroupSBK18 2018/11/07 26 974 26 000 SBKN20 2020/10/25 203 179 200 000 SBKN17 2017/10/23 198 099 194 900 SBKN18 2018/07/11 281 632 276 500 310 270 303 800 SBNA22 2021/05/24 504 334 499 800 504 555 499 800 SBNA23 2019/05/24 100 886 100 000 100 599 100 000 SBKN24 2024/10/23 101 726 100 000 101 726 100 000

1 202 300 1 215 249 1 198 500

The difference between the carrying amount and notional value represents transaction cost in the initial carrying amount and accrued interest.

16. Provisions and other liabilities

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Staff-related accruals 128 361 91 744 Obligation toward post-employment benefits 110 132 112 627 Other liabilities, accruals and provisions 267 208 200 464 2 969 2 969

505 701 404 835 2 969 2 969

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 61

Page 64: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

17. Classification of assets and liabilities Accounting classifications and fair values of assets and liabilities The table below sets out the bank’s classification of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values:

Note

Held-for-tradingN$’000

Designatedat fair value

N$’000

Group2017AssetsCash and balances with central banks 1 Derivative assets 2 64 198 Trading assets 3 430 186 Financial investments 4 1 713 604 Loans and advances to banks 5 Loans and advances to customers 5 Assets in group companies and joint ventures 7 Property, plant and equipment 8 Other non-financial assetsOther financial assets

494 384 1 713 604

LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 2 58 280 Trading liabilities 12 92 Deposit and current accounts from banks 14 Deposit and current accounts from customers 14 Debt securities issued 15 Loans from group companies 7 Other non-financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities

58 372

2016AssetsCash and balances with central banks 1Derivative assets 2 55 497 Trading assets 3 291 426 Financial investments 4 1 370 840 Loans and advances to banks 5Loans and advances to customers 5Assets in group companies and joint ventures 7Property, plant and equipment 8Other non-financial assetsOther financial assets

346 923 1 370 840

LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 2 50 412 Trading liabilities 12 151 127 Deposit and current accounts from banks 14Deposit and current accounts from customers 14Debt securities issued 15Loans from group companies 7Other non-financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities

201 539

62

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 65: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Loans andreceivables

N$’000

Available-for-saleN$’000

Otheramortised

costN$’000

Other non-financial

assets/liabilities N$’000

TotalcarryingamountN$’000

Fairvalue

N$’000

1 357 937 1 357 937 1 357 937 64 198 64 198

430 186 430 186 1 681 978 3 395 582 3 395 582

2 086 361 2 086 361 2 086 361 20 059 977 20 059 977 19 689 519

554 273 8 096 562 369 562 369 768 723 768 723 768 723 369 296 369 296 20 245

1 691 260 1 691 260 1 691 260

25 749 808 1 681 978 1 146 115 30 785 889 30 066 380

58 280 58 280 92 92

221 612 221 612 221 612 24 345 680 24 345 680 24 345 680

1 218 731 1 218 731 1 256 457 1 285 685 1 285 685 1 285 685

41 236 41 236 41 236 505 701 505 701 505 701

27 577 409 41 236 27 677 017 27 714 743

1 359 873 1 359 873 1 359 873 55 497 55 497

291 426 291 426 1 740 701 3 111 541 3 111 541

483 549 483 549 511 114 18 887 656 18 887 656 18 949 891

1 599 372 6 725 1 606 097 1 606 097 394 984

784 150 784 150 946 752 511 841 511 841 605 694

22 842 291 1 740 701 790 875 27 091 631 27 832 869

50 412 50 412 151 127 151 127

244 117 244 117 244 117 21 000 037 21 000 037 21 000 037

1 215 249 1 215 249 1 256 457 1 228 081 1 228 081 1 228 081

7 810 7 810 7 810 498 688 404 835 404 835

24 186 172 7 810 24 301 668 24 342 876

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 63

Page 66: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

17. Classification of assets and liabilities continued Accounting classifications and fair values of assets and liabilities continued

Note

Held-for-tradingN$’000

Designatedat fair value

N$’000

Company2017AssetsAssets in group companies and joint ventures 7Other financial assets

LiabilitiesLoans from group companies 7

Other financial liabilities

2016AssetsAssets in group companies and joint ventures 7Other financial assets

LiabilitiesLoans from group companies 7Other financial liabilities

64

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 67: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Loans andreceivables

N$’000

Available-for-saleN$’000

Otheramortised

costN$’000

Other non-financial

assets/liabilities N$’000

TotalcarryingamountN$’000

Fairvalue

N$’000

918 494 918 494 918 494 2 561 2 561 2 561

80 000 80 000 80 000 2 969 2 969 2 969

82 969 82 969 82 969

838 809 838 809 838 809 250 250 250

52 790 52 790 52 790 2 969 2 969 2 969

55 759 55 759 55 759

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 65

Page 68: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

18. Financial assets and liabilities at fair value18.1 Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value The table below sets out the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value for the bank:

NoteLevel 1N$’000

Level 2N$’000

Level 3N$’000

TotalN$’000

Group2017AssetsDerivative assets 2 64 198 64 198 Trading assets 3 430 186 430 186 Financial investments 4 162 782 3 232 800 3 395 582

592 968 3 296 998 3 889 966

LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 2 58 280 58 280 Trading liabilities 12 92 92

92 58 280 58 372

2016AssetsDerivative assets 2 55 497 55 497 Trading assets 3 291 426 291 426 Financial investments 4 154 134 2 957 407 3 111 541

445 560 3 012 904 3 458 464

LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 2 50 412 50 412 Trading liabilities 151 127 151 127

151 127 50 412 201 539

VALUATION TECHNIQUE OBSERVABLE INPUTS VALUATION AND LEVEL

DERIVATIVES Options The Black-Scholes model and discounted cash flow model or a combination of both

Market discount rate and curves

Spot prices of the underlying and correlation factors

Standard derivative contracts are valued using market-accepted models and quoted parameter inputs

Level 2

Swaps Discounted cash flow model

Market discount rate and curves

Spot prices of the underlying

A forward curve is used to calculate future cash flows and then discounted using a discount curve over the contractual period

Level 2

Forward agreements

Discounted cash flow model

Market discount rate and curves

Spot prices of the underlying

A forward curve is used to calculate future cash flows and then discounted using a discount curve over the contractual period

Level 2

FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS AND TRADING SECURITIES

Treasury bills

Discounted cash flow model

Market discount rate and curves

Interest rate curve

Future cash flows are discounted using a market-related interest rate

Level 2

Money market funds

Discounted cash flow model

Market discount rate and curves

JIBAR rate + spread

Future cash flows are discounted using a market-related interest rate

Level 2

LIABILITIES NCDs Discounted cash flow model

Market discount rate and curves

JIBAR rate + spread

Future cash flows are discounted using a market-related interest rate

Level 2

Promissory notes

Discounted cash flow model

Market discount rate and curves

JIBAR rate + spread

Future cash flows are discounted using a market-related interest rate

Level 2

66

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 69: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

18. Financial assets and liabilities at fair value continued18.2 Assets and liabilities not measured at fair value for which the fair value is disclosed Fair value hierarchy of items for which fair value is disclosed:

NoteLevel 1N$’000

Level 2N$’000

Level 3N$’000

TotalN$’000

Group2017AssetsCash and balances with central banks 1 1 357 937 1 357 937 Loans and advances to banks 5 2 086 361 2 086 361 Loans and advances to customers 5 19 689 519 19 689 519 Assets in group companies 7 562 369 562 369 Property, plant and equipment 8 768 723 768 723 Intangible assets 9 323 038 323 038

1 357 937 22 338 249 1 091 761 24 787 947

LiabilitiesDeposits from banks 14 221 612 221 612 Deposits from customers 14 24 345 680 24 345 680 Debt securities issued 15 1 256 457 1 256 457 Loans from group companies 7 1 508 857 1 508 857

1 478 069 25 854 537 27 332 606

2016AssetsCash and balances with central banks 1 1 359 873 1 359 873 Loans and advances to banks 5 511 114 511 114 Loans and advances to customers 5 18 949 891 18 949 891 Assets in group companies 7 1 606 097 1 606 097 Property, plant and equipment 8 248 547 146 437 394 984 Intangible assets 9 347 115 347 115

1 359 873 21 315 649 493 552 23 169 074

LiabilitiesDeposits from banks 14 244 117 244 117 Deposits from customers 14 21 027 603 21 027 603 Debt securities issued 15 1 256 457 1 256 457 Loans from group companies 7 1 228 080 1 228 080

1 500 574 22 255 683 23 756 257

Company2017AssetsAssets in group companies 7 918 494 918 494

918 494 918 494

LiabilitiesLoans from group companies 7 80 000 80 000

80 000 80 000

2016AssetsAssets in group companies 7 838 809 838 809

838 809 838 809

LiabilitiesLoans from group companies 7 52 790 52 790

52 790 52 790

The hierarchy of levels is explained below:

Level 1:

Level 2:

Level 3:

Quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the company can access at measurement date.

Inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly.

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 67

Page 70: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

19. Financial instruments subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements

IFRS requires a financial asset and a financial liability to be offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the group and company has a current legally enforceable right to set off recognised amounts, as well as the intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. There are no instances in 2017 where the group and company have a current legally enforceable right to offset without the intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The following table sets out the impact of offset, as well as the required disclosures for financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, irrespective of whether they have been offset in accordance with IFRS.

It should be noted that the information below is not intended to represent the group and company’s actual credit exposure, nor will it agree to that presented in the statement of financial position.

Grossamount ofrecognised

financialassets1, 2

N$’000

Net amountof financial

assetssubject to

nettingarrangements3

N$’000

Collateralpledged5

N$’000

Net amountN$’000

GroupAssets4

2017Derivative assets 64 198 64 198 (64 198)Loans and advances 22 146 338 22 146 338 (19 182 418) 2 963 920

2016 Derivative assets 55 497 55 497 (55 497)Loans and advances 19 371 205 19 371 205 (17 285 070) 2 086 135

1 Gross amounts are disclosed for recognised financial assets and financial liabilities that are either offset in the statement of financial position or are subject to a master netting arrangement or a similar agreement, irrespective of whether the offsetting criteria is met.

2 Gross amounts of recognised financial assets or financial liabilities that qualify for offset in accordance with the criteria per IFRS.3 Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position that are subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This could include

financial collateral (whether recognised or unrecognized) and cash collateral.4 In most cases, the group is allowed to sell or repledge collateral received.5 In most instances, the counter party may not sell or repledge collateral pledge by the group.

68

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 71: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

19. Financial instruments subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements continued

Grossamount ofrecognised

financialassets1, 2

N$’000

Net amountof financial

assetssubject to

nettingarrangements3

N$’000

Collateralpledged5

N$’000

Net amountN$’000

GroupLiabilities4

2017Deposits and current accounts (24 567 292) (24 567 292) (24 567 292)Derivative liabilities (58 280) (58 280) 58 280

2016Deposits and current accounts (21 244 154) (21 244 154) (21 244 154)Derivative liabilities (50 412) (50 412) 50 412

1 Gross amounts are disclosed for recognised financial assets and financial liabilities that are either offset in the statement of financial position or are subject to a master netting arrangement or a similar agreement, irrespective of whether the offsetting criteria is met.

2 Gross amounts of recognised financial assets or financial liabilities that qualify for offset in accordance with the criteria per IFRS.3 Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position that are subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This could include

financial collateral (whether recognised or unrecognized) and cash collateral.4 In most cases, the group is allowed to sell or repledge collateral received.5 In most instances, the counter party may not sell or repledge collateral pledge by the group.

The table below sets out the nature of the agreements and the types of rights relating to items which do not qualify for offset but that are subject to a master netting agreement or similar agreement.

NATURE OF AGREEMENT RELATED RIGHTS

DERIVATIVE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

ISDAs The agreement allows for offset in the event of default

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS

Customer agreement and Banks Act

In the event of liquidation or bankruptcy, offset shall be enforceable subject to the Banks Act requirements being met

DEPOSIT AND CURRENT ACCOUNTS

Customer agreement and Banks Act

In the event of liquidation or bankruptcy, offset shall be enforceable subject to the Banks Act requirements being met

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 69

Page 72: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

20. Maturity analysis of assets The following table discloses the maturity analysis for the group and company’s financial assets and liabilities on a contractual

discounted basis:

Note

Overnight balances

N$’000

Maturingwithin 1 year

N$’000

Maturingafter 1 year

N$’000UndatedN$’000

TotalN$’000

Group2017Cash and balances with central banks 1 1 357 937 1 357 937 Derivative assets 2 64 198 64 198 Trading assets 3 429 051 1 135 430 186 Financial investments 4 1 681 978 162 782 1 550 822 3 395 582 Loans and advances to banks 5 2 086 361 2 086 361 Loans and advances to customers 5 234 724 4 937 283 14 027 013 860 957 20 059 977 Assets in group companies and joint

ventures 7 554 273 8 096 562 369 Other non-financial assets 46 258 1 091 761 1 138 019 Other financial assets 1 691 260 1 691 260

8 035 584 5 211 656 15 126 870 2 411 779 30 785 889

2016Cash and balances with central banks 1 1 359 873 1 359 873 Derivative assets 2 55 497 55 497 Trading assets 3 128 023 163 403 291 426 Financial investments 4 1 740 701 154 134 1 216 706 3 111 541 Loans and advances to banks 5 483 549 483 549 Loans and advances to customers 5 2 851 351 4 582 611 10 547 808 905 886 18 887 656 Assets in group companies

and joint ventures 7 1 599 372 6 725 1 606 097 Other non-financial assets 42 051 742 099 784 150 Other financial assets 511 841 511 841

8 674 710 4 997 696 11 296 632 2 122 592 27 091 630

Company2017Assets in group companies and

joint ventures 7 918 494 918 494 Other financial assets 2 561 2 561

921 055 921 055

2016Assets in group companies and

joint ventures 7 838 809 838 809 Other financial assets 250 250

839 059 839 059

70

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 73: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

21. Maturity analysis of liabilities

Redeemableon demand

N$’000

Maturing within

1 monthN$’000

Maturingbetween

1 – 6 months N$’000

Maturingbetween

6 – 12 monthsN$’000

Maturing after

12 months N$’000

Total N$’000

2017LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 17 677 39 299 1 303 58 280 Trading liabilities 92 92 Deposits and current accounts 15 410 011 573 357 5 156 527 2 262 933 1 164 464 24 567 292 Loans from group companies 1 285 685 1 285 685 Debt issued securities 230 153 988 578 1 218 731 Others liabilities 505 701 505 701

17 201 397 591 035 5 195 918 2 494 389 2 153 042 27 635 781

Unrecognised financial instruments

Letter of credit and bankers’ acceptances 2 350 2 350

Guarantees 2 401 008 2 401 008 Unutilised borrowing facilities 4 262 314 4 262 314

6 665 672 6 665 672

2016LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 17 541 25 322 7 549 50 412 Trading liabilities 151 127 151 127 Deposits and current accounts 13 981 351 755 925 3 899 021 1 450 692 1 184 730 21 244 154 Loans from group companies 61 454 1 166 676 1 228 080 Debt issued securities 198 099 1 017 150 1 215 249 Others liabilities 404 835 404 835

14 480 039 773 466 3 924 343 1 656 340 2 353 007 24 293 857

Unrecognised financial instruments

Letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances 322 1 578 1 900

Guarantees 28 462 13 308 48 136 90 361 1 956 218 2 136 486 Unutilised borrowing facilities 3 528 852 3 528 852

3 557 314 13 630 49 714 90 361 1 956 218 5 667 237

The table below are the undiscounted amounts:

Redeemableon demand

N$’000

Maturing within

1 monthN$’000

Maturingbetween

1 – 6 months N$’000

Maturingbetween

6 – 12 monthsN$’000

Maturing after

12 months N$’000

Total N$’000

2017LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 17 677 39 298 1 303 58 279Trading liabilities 92 92Deposits and current accounts 15 410 011 573 357 5 156 527 2 262 933 1 159 051 24 561 879Loans from group companies 1 285 685 1 285 685Debt issued securities 230 153 1 017 317 1 247 470Others liabilities 505 701 505 701

17 201 397 591 127 5 195 825 2 494 389 2 176 368 27 659 106

Unrecognised financial instruments

Letter of credit and bankers’ acceptances 2 350 2 350

Financial guarantees 2 401 008 2 401 008 Unutilised borrowing facilities 4 262 314 4 262 314

6 665 672 6 665 672

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 71

Page 74: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

22. Contingent liabilities and commitments

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$'000

2016N$'000

2017N$'000

2016N$'000

22.1 Contingent liabilitiesLetters of credit 2 350 1 900Guarantees 2 401 008 2 136 486Unutilised borrowing facilities 4 262 314 3 528 852

6 665 672 5 667 237

22.2 Capital commitmentsContracted capital expenditure 1 036 11 802

The expenditure will be funded from internal resources.

22.3 Operating lease commitmentsLeases are:Properties:Within one year 49 685 44 844After one year but within five years 87 672 60 190

137 357 105 035

EquipmentWithin one year 721 998After one year but within five years 12 709

733 1 707

These commitments comprise a number of separate operating leases in relation to property and equipment, none of which is individually significant to the group.

22.4 Legal proceedings In the conduct of its ordinary course of business, the group is involved in litigation, lawsuits and other proceedings relating to

alleged errors and omissions, or receives claims arising from the conduct of its business which can require the group to engage in legal proceedings in order to enforce and/or defend its rights.

While recognising the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of defended legal proceedings, management believes, based upon current knowledge and after consulting with legal counsel, that the legal proceedings currently pending against it should not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position. The directors are satisfied, based on present information and the assessed probability of claims eventuating, that the group has adequate insurance programmes and provisions in place to meet such claims.

23. Interest income

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Interest on loans and advances and investments 2 460 108 2 282 657

2 460 108 2 282 657

Comprising:Interest income on financial assets not carried at fair

value through profit and loss 2 460 108 2 282 657

2 460 108 2 282 657

72

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 75: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

24. Interest expenseCurrent accounts 5 503 2 277 Savings and deposit accounts 99 062 61 435 Other interest-bearing liabilities 1 112 774 999 088

1 217 339 1 062 800

Comprising:Interest expense on financial liabilities valued

at fair value through profit and lossInterest expense on financial liabilities not valued

at fair value through profit and loss 1 217 339 1 062 800

Total interest expense 1 217 339 1 062 800

25. Fee and commission revenueAccount transaction fees 351 597 426 406 Card-based commission 153 365 129 240 Electronic banking fees 192 747 184 116 Foreign currency service fees 9 761 10 569 Documentation and administration fees 89 464 72 511 Other 99 339 88 354

896 273 911 196

All fee and commission revenue reported above relates to financial assets or liabilities not carried at fair value through profit or loss for the bank.

26. Fee and commission expenses 102 758 83 762 Account transaction fees 14 222 14 391 Card-based commission 4 798 5 226 Electronic banking fees 178 746 158 148

197 766 177 765

All fee and commission expenses reported above relate to financial assets or liabilities not carried at fair value through profit or loss for the bank.

27. Trading revenueForeign exchange 94 462 93 452 Net fair value adjustments on held-for-trading

financial assets 28 055 27 604

122 517 121 056

28. Other revenueFair value adjustments on designated at fair value

financial assets 4 889 4 198 Property-related revenue 1 175 411 Other non-banking-related revenue 97 052 74 619 54 963 35 284 Dividends on unlisted financial investments 6 796 14 519 240 000 248 687

109 912 42 166 294 963 283 971

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 73

Page 76: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

29. Credit impairment chargesNet credit impairments raised for loans and advances 137 682 130 487 Recoveries on loans and advances previously written off (40 635) (39 554)

97 047 90 933

Comprising:Net specific credit impairment charges 91 262 85 680

Specific credit impairment charges 131 897 125 234 Recoveries on loans and advances previously written off (40 635) (39 554)

Portfolio credit impairment (reversals)/charges (note 5) 5 786 5 252

97 047 90 933

30. Operating expensesAuditors’ remuneration 3 243 3 991

Audit fees 2 747 3 330 Other services 496 661

Amortisation 24 077 14 045 Communication expenses 27 508 22 125 Depreciation 64 658 69 707 IT expenses 128 927 104 773 Lease rentals on operating lease 51 385 47 598 Professional fees 113 606 104 931 Profit on sale of property and equipment (1 793) (4 332)Premises costs 44 341 40 390 Staff costs 723 456 663 704

Salaries and allowances 661 807 601 742 Equity-settled share-based payments 3 693 2 673 Post-employment benefits – pension – defined

contribution plan 57 485 52 464 Post-employment benefits – medical expenses 471 6 825

Other expenses 132 204 204 679

1 311 612 1 271 611

31. Taxation31.1 Indirect taxation

Value added tax 24 490 19 487 Duties and other 7 050 5 293

31 540 24 780

31.2 Direct taxationNormal taxation 179 610 161 935

Current year charge 179 610 161 935

Deferred taxation 28 361 49 477

207 971 211 412

74

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 77: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

31. Taxation continued31.3 Tax attributable to components of other comprehensive income The tax (charge)/credit relating to components of other comprehensive income is as follows:

Before taxN$’000

Tax (charge)/credit

N$’000After tax

N$’000

Group2017Change in fair value of post-employment benefit obligations 7 088 (2 268) 4 820Change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets 8 738 (2 796) 5 942

15 826 (5 064) 10 762

2016Change in fair value of post-employment benefit obligationsChange in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets 16 915 (5 413) 11 502

16 915 (5 413) 11 502

GROUP COMPANY

2017%

2016%

2017%

2016%

31.4 Namibian tax rate reconciliationThe total tax charge for the year as a percentage of

net income before indirect tax 30.5 30.4 Indirect taxation (4.0) 3.2

Direct taxation charge for the year as a percentage of profit before indirect taxation 26.5 27.2

The charge for the year has been reduced as a consequence of:

Dividends received 2.7 2.1 32.0 32.0Other non-taxable income 1.9 2.1 Other non-deductible expenses 1.0 0.7 Adjustment on fixed assets 0.1

Standard rate of Namibian tax 32.0 32.0 32.0 32.0

32. Statement of cash flow notes32.1 Decrease/(increase) in income-

earning assetsFinancial investments (259 783) 292 999 Trading assets (132 496) 41 708 Loans and advances (3 059 267) (2 084 979)Derivative assets (8 701) 112 916 Interest in group companies 1 045 522 (790 288) (79 685) (242 873)Other assets (1 085 566) (42 253) (2 311)

(3 500 291) (2 469 897) (81 996) (242 873)

32.2 Increase/(decrease) in deposits and other liabilitiesDeposit and current accounts 3 249 091 3 050 226 Trading liabilities (146 181) 146 268 Derivative liabilities 7 868 (181 061)Liabilities to group companies 281 857 (411 494) 27 210 177 Other liabilities 1 147 (195 146) (800)

3 393 782 2 408 793 27 210 (623)

32.3 Direct taxation paidCurrent tax at beginning of the year 42 051 575 Recognised in profit or loss and other

comprehensive income (179 610) (161 935)Current tax at end of the year (46 258) (42 051)

(183 817) (203 411)

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 75

Page 78: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

32. Statement of cash flow notes continued32.4 Proceeds from the sale of property

and equipmentNet book value of disposals 34 313 32 703 Profit on disposal 1 793 4 332

Proceeds from disposals 36 106 37 035

32.5 Dividends paidDividend declared during the year (240 000) (262 500) (240 000) (262 500)

(240 000) (262 500) (240 000) (262 500)

A dividend of 240 cents per share was declared and paid in 2017 (2016: 263 cents per share).

33. Post-employment benefits

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Amounts recognised as liabilities in the statement of financial position

Post-employment healthcare benefit medical aid 110 132 112 627

Amounts recognised as expenses in profit and loss for the year

Retirement fund 90 11 475 Post-employment healthcare benefit medical aid 471 6 825

561 18 300

33.1 Retirement fundAll eligible full-time employees are members of the Standard Bank Namibia Pension Fund, which has been registered in Namibia in accordance with the requirements of the Pension Funds Act. The fund is a defined contribution fund and is governed by the Pension Funds Act of 1956, and is actuarially valued every three years. An actuarial valuation was conducted as at 31 December 2017 and the actuary certified the fund as being financially sound as at that date. Members of the fund comprise 99% of the full-time staff. The contribution to the pension fund is based on a percentage of pensionable earnings and charged to income as incurred.

Employer’s contribution for the year 90 11 475

76

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 79: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

33. Post-employment benefits continued33.2 Post-employment healthcare benefits

Post-employment medical scheme The liability represents a post-employment healthcare benefit scheme that covers all employees who joined before 1 March 2009. The liability is unfunded and is valued every year using the projected unit credit method. The latest full statutory actuarial valuation was performed on 31 December 2017. The next actuarial valuation is to be performed on 31 December 2018.Movement in the present value of defined medical scheme benefit obligationBalance at beginning of the year 112 627 108 579 Current service cost 3 806 4 165 Interest cost 12 339 9 856 Remeasurement of post-employment benefit obligations

relating to change in financial and demographic assumptions (15 674) (7 196)

Premiums paid (2 966) (2 777)

Balance at end of the year 110 132 112 627

Consisting of:

Present value of unfunded obligations 110 132 112 627 Unrecognised actuarial gains/losses

Obligation recognised in the statement of financial position 110 132 112 627

The amounts recognised in profit or loss are determined as follows:

Current service cost 3 806 4 165 Interest cost 12 339 9 856 Remeasurement of post-employment benefit obligations

relating to change in financial and demographic assumptions (15 674) (7 196)

Included in staff costs 471 6 825

The principal actuarial assumptions used for accounting purposes were:Discount rate 11.32% 11.10%Medical inflation 9.90% 10.27%Remaining service life of employees 19.5 years 19.5 yearsRetirement age 60 years 60 years

Mortality rates used: During employment: SA85-90 (Light) ultimate table Post-employment: PA (90) ultimate table rated down two years plus 1% improvement per annum (from a base year of 2006).

Current active employee members: Particulars in respect of the current employee members belonging to the medical scheme for which there is a post-retirement medical aid liability as at the reporting date are as follows:Number of employees 338 369Average age 41.5 years 40.5 years

Current pensioner members Details of the current pensioner members belonging to the medical aid fund are as follows:Number of employees 79 79Average age 65.9 years 65.9 years

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 77

Page 80: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

33. Post-employment benefits continued33.2 Post-employment healthcare benefits continued Sensitivity analysis

Assumption Change in assumption

% change in obligation

GROUP COMPANY

2017 2016 2017 2016

Healthcare cost inflation: 1% increase 18.3 19.5

1% decrease (14.5) (15.4)Mortality rate PA (90)-1 3.4 3.5

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting year) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Through its defined post-employment medical plan, the group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

CHANGES IN BOND YIELDS

A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities.

INFLATION RISK The group post-employment medical obligation is linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities.

LIFE EXPECTANCY The group post-employment medical obligation is to provide benefits for the life of the member, so an increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plan’s liabilities.

34. Related party transactions34.1 Parent SBN Holdings Limited is a subsidiary of Standard Bank Group Limited.

34.2 Joint ventures Refer to note 7.3 for the investment in joint venture balance and annexure B for further disclosure.

34.3 Key management personnel Key management personnel has been defined as directors of the group companies and executive management of Standard

Bank Namibia Limited. Non-executive directors are included in the definition of key management personnel as required by IFRS. The definition of key management includes the close members of family of key management personnel and any entity over which key management exercises control or joint control. Close members of family are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with Standard Bank Namibia Limited. They may include the individual’s domestic partner and children, the children of the person’s domestic partner, and dependants of the individual or the individual’s domestic partner.

78

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 81: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

34. Related party transactions continued34.3 Key management personnel continued

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Key management compensationSalaries and other short-term benefits 27 194 27 373 Post-employment benefits 1 946 1 962 IFRS 2 value of share options and rights expensed 284 213

29 424 29 548

The transactions below are entered into in the normal course of business.

Loans and advancesLoans outstanding at beginning of the year 25 231 20 885 Change in key management structures 6 048 (5 284)Net loans granted during the year 204 9 630

Loans outstanding at end of the year 31 483 25 231

Interest incomeLoans include mortgage loans, vehicle and asset finance and credit cards. No specific impairments have been recognised in respect of loans granted to key management in the current or prior year.

The mortgage loans and vehicle and asset finance are secured by the underlying assets.

All other loans are unsecured.

Deposit and current accountsDeposits outstanding at beginning of the year 3 090 3 876 Change in key management structures 41 (1 339)Net deposits received during the year 239 553

Deposits outstanding at end of the year 3 370 3 090

Interest paidDeposits include cheque, current and savings accounts.

34.4 InvestmentsMutual funds 653 742 653 784

The Mutual funds are administered by Stanlib, a fellow subsidiary of the Standard Bank Group.

Relationship Type

GROUP

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

34.5 Purchase of servicesStanbic Africa Holdings Fellow subsidiary Royalty fees 63 369 62 607 Stanbic Africa Holdings Fellow subsidiary Information technology 23 200 17 549 Stanbic Africa Holdings Fellow subsidiary Licence fees 22 561 20 014 Stanbic Africa Holdings Fellow subsidiary Other services 1 184 (427)Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Training 3 10 Namclear (Pty) Ltd Joint venture Interbank clearing costs 15 055 13 673

125 372 113 426

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 79

Page 82: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

34. Related party transactions continued

Relationship Type

GROUP

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

34.6 Commissions and dividends received/(paid)Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Commission paid (13 352) (14 988)Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Commission received 17 715 18 858 Standard Bank Group Parent company Dividends paid (216 000) (262 500)Purros Investments Sister company Dividends paid (24 000) (262 500)

(235 637) 3 870

34.7 Interest income/(expense)Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Interest income 66 685 (56 591)Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Interest expense (33 863) 58 654

32 822 2 063

Contributions to fundsStandard Bank Namibia

Pension FundDefined contribution plan Contributions 90 11 475

Liberty Life Namibia Defined benefit plan Contributions 48 922 35 109

49 012 46 584

34.8 Related party year end balancesReceivables from related partiesStandard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Trading assets – 150 522 Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Loans and advances 90 743 1 441 833 Stanbic Bank Botswana Ltd Fellow subsidiary Loans and advances 131 243 Stanbic Bank Zambia Ltd Fellow subsidiary Loans and advances 217 45 CfC Stanbic Bank Limited (Kenya) Fellow subsidiary Loans and advances 63 74 Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Derivatives 31 909 40 971 Stanbic Africa Holdings Fellow subsidiary Other assets 19 528 7 519 Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Other assetsStanlib (Pty) Ltd Fellow subsidiary Other assets (831) (831)Stanlib (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd Fellow subsidiary Other assets (33) (33)

141 727 1 640 343

The loans issued to subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand. Interest is charged based on the prevailing market rate. The loans are unsecured and the loans are fully performing.

Derivatives are carried at fair value.

Sundry receivables with subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and attract no interest.

Payables to related parties

Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiaryDeposit and current accounts 642 140 1 053 203

Stanbic Bank Botswana Ltd Fellow subsidiaryDeposit and current accounts 5 39

Stanbic Bank Zambia Ltd Fellow subsidiaryDeposit and current accounts 25

Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Derivatives 32 951 14 545 Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Other liabilities 161 381 72 969 Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd Fellow subsidiary Subordinated debt 101 821 101 844

938 298 1 242 625

Deposit and current accounts held with subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand. Interest is charged based on the prevailing market rate. Sundry payables with subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and attract no interest.

80

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 83: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

35. Equity-linked transactions35.1 Share-based payments The group’s share incentive schemes enable key management personnel and senior employees to benefit from the

performance of Standard Bank Group Limited and Liberty Holdings Limited shares.

GROUP COMPANY

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Summary of the group and company's share incentive schemes and expenses recognised in staff costs:Equity-settled share-based payments (GSIS and Purros) 3 553 2 673Cash-settled share-based payments (EGS) 140Deferred Bonus Scheme 2012 (DBS 2012) 13 183 5 540

Total expense recognised in staff costs 16 826 8 213

Summary of the group and company's share incentive schemes and expenses recognised in other expenses:Equity-settled share-based payments (GSIS and Purros)

Total expense recognised in other expenses

Summary of the liability recognised in other liabilities:Deferred Bonus Scheme 2012 (DBS 2012) 16 828 7 697

Total liability recognised in other liabilities 16 828 7 697

35.2 Equity compensation plans The group has three equity compensation plans, namely the Group Share Incentive Scheme (GSIS), the Equity Growth Scheme

(EGS) and the Purros Share Scheme. The Group Share Incentive Scheme, which is equity-settled, confers rights to employees to acquire ordinary shares at the value of the SBG share price at the date the option is granted. The Equity Growth Scheme, which is cash-settled, was implemented in 2005 and represents appreciation rights allocated to employees. The eventual value of the right is effectively settled by the issue of shares equivalent in value to the value of the rights. The Purros Share Scheme, which is equity-settled, confers right to employees to acquire ordinary shares in SBN Holdings at the date the option is granted.

The three schemes have five different sub-types of vesting categories as illustrated by the table below:

VESTING CATEGORIES YEAR % VESTING EXPIRY

Type A 3, 4, 5 50, 75, 100 10 years

Type B 5, 6, 7 50, 75, 100 10 years

Type C 2, 3, 4 50, 75, 100 10 years

Type D 2, 3, 4 33, 67, 100 10 years

Type E 3, 4, 5 33, 67, 100 10 years

Purros 1.5, 2.5, 3.5 33, 67, 100

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 81

Page 84: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

35. Equity-linked transactions continued35.2 Equity compensation plans continued35.2.1 Equity-settled share-based payments Group Share Incentive Scheme A reconciliation of the movement of share options is detailed below:

Option pricerange (N$) Number of options

2017 2017 2016

Options outstanding at beginning of the year 39 150 126 488Exercised 62.39 – 111.94 (4 500) (4 500)Lapsed 62.39 – 111.94 (16 563) (16 563)Transferred in/(out) 62.39 – 92 (66 275) (66 275)

Options outstanding at end of the year (48 188) 39 150

Share options were exercised regularly throughout the year. The weighted average share price for the year was N$157.29

(2016: N$151.63).

The following options granted to employees, including executive directors, had not been exercised at 31 December 2017:

Number of ordinary shares

Option price range

N$

Weighted average price

N$ Option expiry year

2 000 98.00 98.00 Year to 31 December 2017 10 300 92.00 92.00 Year to 31 December 2018 15 600 62.39 62.39 Year to 31 December 2019

5 000 111.94 111.94 Year to 31 December 2020 6 250 98.80 98.80 Year to 31 December 2021

39 150

The following options granted to employees, including executive directors, had not been exercised at 31 December 2016:

Number of ordinary shares

Option price range

N$

Weighted average price

N$ Option expiry year

8 500 98.00 98.00 Year to 31 December 2017 27 500 92.00 92.00 Year to 31 December 2018 23 125 62.39 – 81 64.70 Year to 31 December 2019 21 250 111.94 111.94 Year to 31 December 2020 44 813 93.74 – 98.8 96.54 Year to 31 December 2021

125 188

Purros Share Scheme No options have vested as at 31 December 2017.

35.2.2 Cash-settled share-based payments Equity Growth Scheme The Equity Growth Scheme rights are only awarded to individuals in employment of a group entity domiciled within Namibia at

the time that the award is made. The group is required to ensure that employees’ tax arising from benefits due in terms of the scheme is paid in accordance with the Income Tax Act of Namibia. Where employees have elected not to fund the tax from their own resources the tax due is treated as a diminution of the gross benefits due under the scheme.

As at 31 December 2016 and 2017 there were no outstanding options.

82

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 85: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

35. Equity-linked transactions continued35.3 Deferred bonus scheme (DBS) It is essential for the group to retain key skills over the longer term. This is done particularly through share-based incentive

plans. The purpose of these plans is to align the interests of the group, its subsidiaries and employees, as well as to attract and retain skilled, competent people.

The group has implemented a scheme to defer a portion of incentive bonuses over a minimum threshold for key management and executives. This improves the alignment of shareholder and management interests by creating a closer linkage between risk and reward, and also facilitates retention of key employees.

The purpose of the Deferred Bonus Scheme 2012 is to encourage a longer-term outlook in business decision making and closer alignment of performance with long-term value creation.

All employees granted an annual performance award over a threshold have part of their award deferred. The award is indexed to the group’s share price and accrues notional dividends during the vesting year, which are payable on vesting. The awards vest in three equal amounts at 18 months, 30 months and 42 months from the date of award. The final pay-out is determined with reference to the group’s share price on vesting date.

The provision in respect of liabilities under the scheme amounts to N$16 828 thousand at 31 December 2017 (2016: N$7 697 thousand) and the amount charged for the year was N$13 183 thousand (2016: N$5 540 thousand). The change in liability is due to the change in the group share price.

Units

2017 2016

Reconciliation Units outstanding at beginning of the year 31 797 25 686Granted 80 116Exercised (23 244) (6 573)Lapsed (2 723) (9 492)Transfers 59 227 (57 940)

Units outstanding at end of the year 65 057 31 797

Weighted average fair value at grant date (N$) 155.95 127.59Expected life (years) 2.51 2.51

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 83

Page 86: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

36. Segment reporting

Personal & Business Banking Corporate & Investment Banking

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Net interest income 1 576 562 1 497 196 (332 924) (275 908)Inter-segment revenue (678 945) (605 290) 728 090 603 600 Non-interest revenue 714 026 646 408 247 928 273 307

Total income 1 611 643 1 538 314 643 094 600 999 Credit impairments (94 735) (84 570) (2 312) (6 371)

Income after credit impairment charges 1 516 908 1 453 744 640 782 594 628

Operating expenses (653 877) (663 601) (78 868) (65 053)

Net income 863 031 790 143 561 914 529 575

Share of profits/(losses) from associates and joint ventures

Net income before indirect taxation 863 031 790 143 561 914 529 575 Indirect taxation (15 486) (15 808) (4 962) (942)

Profit before direct taxation 847 545 774 335 556 952 528 633 Direct taxation (123 570) (128 096) (78 708) (80 110)

Profit for the year 723 975 646 239 478 244 448 523

Operating informationTotal assets 16 796 678 15 827 205 12 863 821 10 763 605 Total liabilities 15 443 443 14 139 389 11 580 677 9 985 029

Other informationInvestment in associateDepreciation 31 434 34 375 588 639 Amortisation

84

Notes to the annual financial statements continued

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 87: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Other services Enablers Total

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

(343) (1 266) (526) (165) 1 242 769 1 219 857 (13 265) 7 317 (35 880) (5 627)

120 (77) (12 118) (3 368) 949 956 916 270

(13 488) 5 974 (48 524) (9 160) 2 192 725 2 136 127 8 (97 047) (90 933)

(13 488) 5 982 (48 524) (9 160) 2 095 678 2 045 194 (83 023) (49 022) (495 844) (493 935) (1 311 612) (1 271 611)

(96 511) (43 040) (544 368) (503 095) 784 066 773 583

1 370 2 295 1 370 2 295

(95 141) (40 745) (544 368) (503 095) 785 436 775 878 (1 281) (8 030) (9 811) (31 540) (24 780)

(96 422) (48 775) (554 179) (503 095) 753 896 751 098 (4 005) (3 206) (1 688) (207 971) (211 412)

(100 427) (51 981) (555 867) (503 095) 545 925 539 686

612 193 360 987 513 197 139 833 30 785 889 27 091 630 160 997 37 417 491 900 139 833 27 677 017 24 301 668

8 096 6 726 8 096 6 726 583 513 32 053 34 180 64 658 69 706

24 077 14 045 24 077 14 045

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 85

Page 88: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

ANNEXURE A – SUBSIDIARIES

Nature of operation

Issued share capital

N$

Effective holding Net indebtedness

2017%

2016%

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Standard Bank Namibia Limited Banking services 2 000 015 100 100 160 312 160 312

Standard Insurance Brokers (Namibia) (Pty) Limited

Insurance broking services 1 100 100

Stanfin (Namibia) (Pty) Limited

Insurance broking services 2 100 100

All subsidiaries are incorporated within Namibia. All subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidation. The proportion of voting rights in the subsidiary undertakings held directly by the company does not differ from the proportion of ordinary shares held.

86

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 89: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

ANNEXURE B – JOINT VENTURES

NAMCLEAR (PTY) LIMITED

Ownership structure Joint venture

Nature of business Clearing of interbank transactions

Principal place of business and country of incorporation Namibia

Year end December

Accounting treatment Equity accounted

Date to which equity accounted 30 November 2017

2017 2016

Effective holding (%) 25 25

N$’000 N$’000

Income statementTotal income 42 656 44 825 Total profit for the year 5 481 9 179 Total comprehensive income 5 481 9 179

Statement of financial positionCash and cash equivalents 15 593 22 482 Non-current assets 47 783 38 013 Current assets 21 909 28 178 Non-current liabilities (27 438) (23 440)Current liabilities (9 871) (15 852)Net asset value 32 383 26 899

Proportion of net asset value based on effective holding 8 096 6 725 GoodwillCumulative impairment

Carrying value 8 096 6 725

Share of total comprehensive income from joint ventures 1 370 2 294

Namclear has no quoted market price available for its shares.

There are no contingent liabilities relating to the bank’s interest in the joint venture. There are also no significant restrictions on the ability of joint ventures to transfer funds to the bank in the form of cash dividends or repayments of loans or advances.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 87

Page 90: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INTRODUCTION

Effective risk and capital management continues to be fundamental to the business activities of the group.

Risks are controlled at individual exposure level, as well as in aggregate within and across both business lines, legal entities and risk types.

Capital is managed using regulatory and economic capital metrics at both business line and legal entity level.

The group’s two business lines are PBB and CIB.

BOARD RESPONSIBILITYThe board has ultimate responsibility for risk and capital management. Various committees within the governance structure enable the board to evaluate the risks faced by the group and the effectiveness of the group’s management of these risks.

The board relies on quarterly reports from these committees, as well as periodic attestations by senior risk managers and internal audit, to satisfy itself that the group’s risk management processes are fit-for-purpose and are operating effectively. During the year under review, the business activities of the group have been managed within the board-approved risk appetite.

The board is satisfied that the group’s risk management processes operated effectively in the period under review.

REPORTING FRAMEWORKAll tables, diagrams, quantitative information and commentary in this risk and capital management report are unaudited unless stated as audited.

Sections forming part of the audited annual financial statementsSpecific information on risk and capital management integral to the audited annual financial statements can be found under the following sections of this risk and capital management report:

• capital management, starting on page 92

• credit risk, starting on page 94

• liquidity risk, starting on page 104

• market risk, starting on page 109.

Basel II disclosures apply at a Standard Bank Namibia level only and not at a banking group level. The capital and risk management information disclosed in these sections fulfils IFRS requirements together with Basel II pillar 3 requirements, as stated in Determination on Public Disclosures for Banking Institutions (BID-18) issued under the Banking Institutions Act of 1998.

RISK TYPESThe risk types that the group is exposed to are defined below. The definitions are consistent with those used in the risk taxonomy, a key component of the risk framework.

Credit riskCredit risk is the risk of loss arising out of the failure of counterparties to meet their financial or contractual obligations when due.

Credit risk comprises counterparty risk, settlement risk and concentration risk. These risk types are defined as follows:

• Counterparty risk: The risk of credit loss to the group as a result of the failure by a counterparty to meet its financial and/or contractual obligations to the group. This risk type has three components:

– Primary credit risk: The exposure at default (EAD) arising from lending and related banking product activities, including their underwriting.

– Pre-settlement credit risk: The EAD arising from unsettled forward and derivative transactions where the group is acting in a principal capacity or as a clearer. This risk arises from the default of the counterparty to the transaction and is measured as the cost of replacing the transaction at current market rates.

– Issuer risk: The EAD arising from traded credit and equity products, including underwriting the issue of these products in the primary market.

• Settlement risk: The risk of loss to the group from settling a transaction where value is exchanged, but where the group may not receive all or part of the countervalue.

• Credit concentration risk: The risk of loss to the group as a result of excessive build-up of exposure to a specific counterparty or counterparty group, an industry, market, product, financial instrument or type of security, a country or geography, or a maturity. This concentration typically exists where a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar characteristics, which could result in their ability to meet contractual obligations being similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

ANNEXURE CRisk and capital management

88 INTRODUCTION

88 BOARD RESPONSIBILITY

88 REPORTING FRAMEWORK

88 RISK TYPES

89 RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

89 RISK GOVERNANCE PROCESS

91 THE GROUP’S APPROACH TO RISK APPETITE

91 THE GROUP’S APPROACH TO STRESS TESTING

88

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 91: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Strategic riskStrategic risk is the risk that the group’s future business plans and strategies may be inadequate to prevent financial loss or protect the group’s competitive position and shareholder returns.

Post-retirement obligation riskThe risk arises because the estimated value of the pension or medical liabilities might increase, the market value of the fund’s assets might decline or their investment returns might reduce.

Reputational riskReputational risk results from damage to the group’s image which may impair its ability to retain and generate business. Such damage may result from a breakdown of trust, confidence or business relationships.

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORKThe group’s risk management framework comprises the following components:

• risk governance committees at a board and management level

• management organisation structure to support the three lines of defence model as described on page 91

• risk governance standards as described on page 91

• policies to support the risk governance standards.

RISK GOVERNANCE PROCESSThe group’s risk governance process relies on both individual responsibility and collective oversight, supported by comprehensive and independent reporting. This approach balances strong corporate oversight at group level with participation by the senior executives of the group in all significant risk matters.

The governance committees are a key component of the risk management framework. They have clearly defined mandates and delegated authorities, which are reviewed regularly. Board subcommittees responsible for effective risk management comprise the board audit committee (BAC), the board risk committee (BRC) and board credit committee (BCC).

Material issues are escalated to Exco, as are decisions requiring exco approval. Exco evaluates reports provided to it by its subcommittees and the head: risk, together with specific deep drill reports. Exco, in turn, escalates material issues to the BAC and BRC, as are decisions requiring board approval. The BAC and BRC accounts to the board in the same manner. The primary communication up the hierarchy is undertaken by the relevant committee chairman. Wherever regulations require noting or approval by the board committee, the regulations overrule any internal processes.

A similar process is adopted in relation to the SBN Holdings audit committee (BAC) where the reporting process commences at the level of the head: internal audit.

Board committeesBoard subcommittees responsible for effective risk management comprise the board audit committee (BAC), the board risk committee (BRC) and board credit committee (BCC). Key roles and responsibilities of these committees, as they relate to risk and capital management, are detailed in the sections that follow.

Country riskCountry risk is the risk of loss arising when political or economic conditions or events in a particular country inhibit the ability of counterparties in that country to meet their financial obligations to the group. Country risk events may include sovereign defaults, banking or currency crises, social instability and governmental policy changes or interventions such as expropriation, nationalisation and asset confiscation. Transfer and convertibility risk is an important element of cross-border country risk. Examples of transfer and convertibility events are exchange controls and foreign debt moratoria.

Liquidity riskLiquidity risk arises when the group is unable to maintain or generate sufficient cash resources to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, or can only do so on materially disadvantageous terms.

This inability to maintain or generate sufficient cash resources occurs when counterparties who provide the group with funding withdraw or do not roll over that funding, or as a result of a general disruption in asset markets that renders normally liquid assets illiquid.

Market riskMarket risk is the risk of a change in the market value, earnings (actual or effective) or future cash flows of a portfolio of financial instruments, including commodities, caused by movements in market variables such as equity, bond and commodity prices, currency exchange rates and interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, correlations and implied volatilities in all of these variables.

Operational riskOperational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. Reputational risk and strategic risk are, in line with general market convention, excluded from the definition of operational risk. Reputational risk is defined separately below. Strategic risk is included in the definition of business risk below.

Business riskBusiness risk is the risk of loss due to operating revenues not covering operating costs and is usually caused by the following:

• inflexible cost structure

• market-driven pressures, such as decreased demand, increased competition or cost increases

• group-specific causes, such as a poor choice of strategy, reputational damage or the decision to absorb costs or losses to preserve reputation.

It includes strategic risk and post-retirement obligation risk.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 89

Page 92: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Management committeesExcoExecutive management oversight for all risk types has been delegated by the board to Exco which, in turn, assists the board to fulfil its mandate. Exco considers and, to the extent required, recommends for approval by the relevant board committees:

• risk appetite statements

• approval of macroeconomic scenarios for stress testing, stress testing results and scenario analyses

• risk governance standards for each risk type

• actions on the risk profile and/or risk tendency

• risk strategy and key risk controls across the group ICAAP.

Three lines of defence modelThe group adopts the three lines of defence model which reinforces segregation of duties between and independenceof various control functions.

Board audit committeeThe BAC reviews the group’s financial position and makes recommendations to the board on all financial matters, risks, internal financial controls, fraud and IT risks relevant to financial reporting. In relation to risk and capital management, the BAC plays a crucial role in ensuring that the group’s internal financial controls are adequate to effectively and efficiently mitigate risks.

Board risk management committeeThe BRC provides independent and objective oversight of risk and capital management across the group by:

• reviewing and providing oversight in respect of the adequacy and effectiveness of the group’s risk management framework

• approving risk and capital management governance standards and policies

• approving the group’s risk appetite statements and monitoring the group’s risk profile

• monitoring and evaluating significant IT investment and expenditure.

The three lines of defence are described below.

FIRST LINE OF DEFENCE SECOND LINE OF DEFENCE THIRD LINE OF DEFENCE

Consists of

• management of business lines and legal entities.

• finance function

• risk management function

• legal function

• governance and assurance function, excluding internal audit.

• internal audit function (administratively part of governance and assurance).

Responsibilities

• measures, assesses and controls risks through the day-to-day activities of the business within the governance framework.

• supports the governance framework

• provides independent oversight of the first line of defence

• reports to management and board governance committees.

• supports the governance framework

• provides independent assessment of first and second lines of defence

• reports to BAC.

Second line of defence functionsThe second line of defence functions comprise various specialist functions which are set out below.

FINANCE FUNCTION RISK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION LEGAL FUNCTIONGOVERNANCE AND ASSURANCE FUNCTION

Consists of

• treasury and capital management (TCM) function:

– capital management

– liquidity risk

– banking book interest rate risk

– business risk

– portfolio management

– group tax function

– group financial control function.

• credit risk

• country risk

• market risk

• operational risk, including business continuity and resilience

• information risk management

• integrated risk

• financial crime control.

• prudential, by geographic region

• transactional, by product type.

• governance office

• sustainability management

• compliance

• occupational health and safety

• physical security.

90

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Risk and capital management continued

Page 93: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Each of these four functions has resources at both the centre and embedded within the business lines in Namibia. The central resources provide a groupwide governance framework for the specific function. The resources dedicated to the business lines support business line management in ensuring that business line-specific risks are effectively managed as close to the source as possible. Centre and embedded resources jointly address risk management at a legal entity level.

Third line of defenceThe internal audit function, under the stewardship of the SBG chief audit officer and the SBNH head of internal audit, reports to and operates under a mandate from the BAC. In terms of this mandate, internal audit’s role is to provide independent and objective assurance, designed to add value and improve group operations. Internal audit has the authority to independently determine the scope and extent of work to be performed. All internal audit employees in the group report operationally to the chief audit officer and administratively to management in their country of residence.

Risk governance standardsThe specialist second line of defence functions maintain risk governance standards for each major risk type to which the group is exposed. The risk governance standards set out minimum control requirements and ensure alignment and consistency in the manner in which the major risk types and capital management metrics across the group are dealt with.

All governance standards are applied consistently across the group and are approved by the BAC. Supporting policies and procedures are implemented by the management team and monitored by the embedded risk resources.

Compliance with risk governance standards is controlled through annual self-assessments by the second line of defence and reviews by internal audit.

THE GROUP’S APPROACH TO RISK APPETITEThe following terms have specific meanings within the group.

• Risk appetite: An expression of the amount or type of risk an entity is generally willing to take in pursuit of its financial and strategic objectives, reflecting its capacity to sustain losses and continue to meet its obligations as they fall due, under both normal and a range of stress conditions. Risk appetite could be exceeded either as a result of an adverse economic event more severe than that envisaged under the range of stress conditions (passive), or as a result of a decision to increase the risk profile to accommodate market, client or portfolio requirements (active).

• Risk tolerance: The maximum amount or type of risk the group is prepared to tolerate above risk appetite for short periods of time on the understanding that management action is taken to get back within risk appetite.

• Risk capacity: The maximum amount of risk the group is able to support within its available financial resources.

• Risk profile: The amount or type of risk the group holds at a specified point in time.

• Risk tendency: The forward-looking view of how the group’s risk profile may change as a result of portfolio effects and/or changes in economic conditions. The changes in economic conditions may either be in the form of formally approved macroeconomic stress scenarios as part of the budgeting process or ad hoc stress scenarios.

The board establishes parameters for risk appetite by:

• providing strategic leadership and guidance

• reviewing and approving annual budgets and forecasts, under normal and stressed conditions, for the group, each business line and material legal entity

• regularly reviewing and monitoring performance in relation to risk through quarterly board reports

• analysing risk tendency against risk appetite.

The board delegates the determination of risk appetite to the BRC, which in turn ensures that risk appetite is in line with group strategy and the desired balance between risk and return.

Risk appetite at a group level is described by the following metrics which are supplemented by qualitative criteria:

• changes in headline earnings

• liquidity

• regulatory capital

• unacceptable risk.

These metrics are converted into:

• portfolio limits, for example, concentrations, credit loss ratios and value-at-risk (VaR)

• operational limits, for example, facilities by name

• desk-specific limits across the relevant risk types.

THE GROUP’S APPROACH TO STRESS TESTINGStress testing is a key management tool within the group and facilitates a forward-looking perspective of the organisation’s risk profile or risk tendency. Stress tests are conducted at group, business line and material legal entity level.

Stress testing supports a number of business processes, including:

• strategic planning and budgeting

• capital planning and management, and the setting of capital buffers

• liquidity planning and management

• informing the setting of risk tolerance

• providing a forward-looking assessment of the impact of stress conditions on the risk profile

• identifying and proactively mitigating risks through actions such as reviewing and changing risk limits, limiting exposures and hedging

• facilitating the development of risk mitigation or contingency plans across a range of stressed conditions

• communicating with internal and external stakeholders.

Stress testing results inform decision making at the appropriate management levels, including strategic business decisions of the board and senior management.

Groupwide macroeconomic stress testing is conducted regularly across all major risk types for a range of common scenarios. This allows the group to monitor its risk profile and risk tendency against its risk appetite. This groupwide stress testing is augmented by portfolio-specific stress testing and sensitivity analyses to identify the drivers of risk tendency and necessary actions to constrain risk.

The appropriateness of the macroeconomic stress scenarios and the severity of the relevant scenarios used for capital planning are approved by the BRC.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 91

Page 94: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OBJECTIVES

The group’s capital management framework is designed to ensure that regulatory requirements are met at all times and that the group and Standard Bank Namibia are capitalised in line with the risk profile, economic capital standards and target ratios approved by the board.The capital management functional pillar of TCM is structured into the following key functions:

• Strategic capital management function: Key responsibilities are capital raising, advising on the dividend policy, facilitating capital allocation, risk-adjusted performance measurement (RAPM) and capital planning.

• Portfolio analysis and reporting function: Key responsibilities are to own and manage the regulatory and economic capital results (and the systems used to produce the results), capital budgeting, reporting and analysis, and standardising data management processes across functions within TCM.

• CIB and PBB capital management functions: Key responsibilities are to provide support on capital management matters such as deal pricing, key return measures and management of capital consumption against budgets.

These functions work collectively to achieve the objectives of capital management, which are to:

• maintain sufficient capital resources to support:

– the group’s risk appetite and economic capital requirements

– the group’s internal target capital adequacy ratios

– the BON’s minimum ratios set in accordance with Basel II.

• allocate capital to businesses using risk-based capital allocation to support the group strategic objectives, including optimising returns on economic and regulatory capital

• maintain the group’s dividend policy and dividend declarations while taking into consideration shareholder and regulatory expectations

• develop, review and approve short- to medium-term capital planning and stress testing.

REGULATORY CAPITALThe group manages its capital base to achieve a prudent balance between maintaining capital levels to support business growth, maintaining depositor and creditor confidence, and providing competitive returns to shareholders.

Regulatory capital adequacy is measured through three risk-based ratios, namely:

• tier I capital

• total capital adequacy

• tier I leverage ratio.

Tier I capital represents ordinary share capital, share premium and appropriated retained earnings. Total capital includes other items such as subordinated debt and the general allowance for credit impairments and unappropriated retained earnings. Tier I leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of total assets to tier I capital.

These ratios represent a measure of the capital supply relative to the total risk-weighted assets and are measured against internal targets and regulatory minimum requirements.

Risk-weighted assets are determined on a granular basis by using risk weights calculated from internally derived risk parameters. A portion of the group’s risk-weighted assets are calculated using the standardised regulatory approach.

Risk-weighted assets take the following into consideration:

• both on- and off-balance sheet exposures are included in the group’s overall credit risk-weighted assets

• risk-weighted assets for equity risk are modelled on the market-based and probability of default (PD)/loss given default (LGD) approaches

• capital requirements for market risk and operational risk are converted into risk-weighted assets for the purpose of determining total risk-weighted assets

• other assets are risk weighted in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements.

During the year ended 31 December 2017 and the comparative year ended 31 December 2016, the group complied with all externally imposed capital requirements.

The main requirements are those specified in the determinations issued under the Banking Institutions Act of 1998 and related regulations which are broadly consistent with the Basel II guidelines issued by the Bank for International Settlements.

•• Objectives

•• Regulatory capital

•• Economic capital

Capital management

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT92 OBJECTIVES

92 REGULATORY CAPITAL

93 ECONOMIC CAPITAL

92

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C continued

Page 95: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CA

PIT

AL

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

The group’s tier I capital was N$2 825 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: N$2 554 million) and total capital, including unappropriated profit was N$3 229 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: N$2 942 million). The change in the group’s capital was primarily due to an increase in retained earnings. The group maintained a well-capitalised position based on tier I capital, total capital adequacy and leverage ratios as set out below.

BASEL II REGULATORY CAPITAL

GROUP BANK

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Tier IOrdinary share capital and premium 443 234 443 234 593 230 593 230 Ordinary shareholders’ reserves 2 381 779 2 110 821 1 986 923 1 770 750

2 825 013 2 554 055 2 580 153 2 363 980

Tier IISubordinated debt 200 000 200 000 200 000 200 000 Current unappropriated profitsGeneral allowance for credit impairments 204 785 188 797 204 785 188 797

404 785 388 797 404 785 388 797

Total eligible capital (including unappropriated profits) 3 229 798 2 942 852 2 984 938 2 752 777

CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIOS

Minimum regulatory

requirement%

Target ratio

%

Includingunappropriated profits

Excludingunappropriated profits

2017%

2016%

2017%

2016%

GroupTotal capital adequacy ratio 10 11 – 12 15.15 15.35 15.15 15.35 Tier I capital adequacy ratio 7 7.7 – 8.2 13.25 12.68 11.94 13.16 Tier I leverage ratio 6 6.6 – 7.2 8.95 8.76 8.06 9.47

BankTotal capital adequacy ratio 10 11 – 12 13.83 14.00 13.83 14.00

Tier I capital adequacy ratio 7 7.7 – 8.2 11.95 11.51 10.92 11.51 Tier I leverage ratio 6 6.6 – 7.2 8.21 8.18 7.49 8.18

BASEL II RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS

GROUP BANK

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Credit risk 18 471 128 156 797 18 497 988 16 953 058 Market risk 370 275 2 193 999 370 275 156 797 Operational risk 2 483 215 18 528 182 2 716 321 2 383 879

Total risk-weighted assets 21 324 618 19 176 334 21 584 583 19 493 734

ECONOMIC CAPITALEconomic capital is the basis for measuring and reporting all quantifiable risks faced by the group on a consistent risk-adjusted basis. Standard Bank Group assesses its economic capital requirements by measuring its risk profile using both internally and externally developed models which are independently validated by the central validation function. Economic capital is used for risk management, capital management, capital planning, capital allocation, and evaluation of new business and performance measurement.

The quantitative internal assessments of the organisation’s business models are used to assess capital requirements to be held against all risks the group is or may become exposed to, in order to meet current and future needs, as well as to assess the group’s resilience under stressed conditions.

The group is in the process of developing its economic capital measurement practices. It considers its current capital level more than adequate.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 93

Page 96: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INTRODUCTION

The group’s credit risk comprises mainly wholesale and retail loans and advances together with the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative contracts entered into with our clients and market counterparties.

Other sources of credit risk arise from settlement balances with market counterparties, available-for-sale assets and reverse repurchase lending arrangements.

Credit risk management objectives are to:

• maintain a strong culture of responsible lending and a robust risk policy and control framework

• identify, assess and measure credit risk clearly and accurately across the group, from the level of individual facilities up to the total portfolio

• define, implement and continually re-evaluate our risk appetite under actual and scenario conditions

• monitor credit risk and adherence to agreed controls

• ensure that there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks, and their mitigation.

Primary responsibility for credit risk management resides within the group’s business lines, supported by an independent group credit risk function operationally embedded in business units. The BRC is the principal board committee responsible for the oversight of credit risk, with the BAC having oversight responsibility for reviewing credit impairment adequacy.

The principal management committee responsible for the oversight of credit risk is CRMC. This committee is responsible for credit risk and credit concentration risk decision making, and delegation thereof to credit officers and forums within defined parameters. Key aspects of rating systems and credit risk models are approved by the BRC, which are mandated by the board as a designated committee. Regular model validation and reporting to these SBNH committees is undertaken by the independent central validation function.

The group dedicates considerable resources to gaining a clear and accurate understanding of credit risk across the business and ensuring that its balance sheet correctly reflects the value of the assets in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

BASEL II AND IFRSApproaches adoptedThere are three approaches under Basel II for credit risk, namely the standardised approach, the FIRB approach and the AIRB approach. The FIRB and AIRB approaches are collectively referred to as the internal ratings-based (IRB) approaches. The version of Basel II adopted by the Bank of Namibia requires commercial banks to use the standardised approach.

Standardised approachThe calculation of regulatory capital for the standardised approach is based on net counterparty exposures after recognising a limited set of qualifying collateral. A prescribed percentage, being the risk weighting which is based on the perceived credit rating of the counterparty, is then applied to the net exposure. For corporate exposures that are rated by approved credit assessment institutions a Bank of Namibia prescribed risk weighting would be used. For counterparties for which there are no credit ratings available exposures are classified as unrated for determining regulatory capital requirements. Currently, all (corporate) exposures are unrated, the company does not use external credit assessment institutions and no exposures are deducted from capital funds.

Equity exposures The group has no equity exposures.

Basel II exposures and accounting principlesThe risk management report addresses the disclosure requirements of Basel II pillar 3 and IFRS. These two reporting frameworks have many differences, which are important to understand in order to correctly interpret the disclosures in this report. The company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with and comply with IFRS. This framework is different from Basel II but shares the overall objective of increasing transparency by allowing users of market information,

•• Objectives

•• Regulatory capital

•• Economic capital

Capital management

CREDIT RISK94 INTRODUCTION

94 BASEL II AND IFRS

95 BASEL II: CREDIT RISK MITIGATION

96 BASEL II: MANAGEMENT OF CONCENTRATION RISK

96 BASEL II: COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK

97 IFRS: ANALYSIS OF LOANS AND ADVANCES

97 IFRS: MAXIMUM EXPOSURE TO CREDIT RISK

102 IFRS: RENEGOTIATED LOANS AND ADVANCES

102 IFRS: COLLATERAL

94

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C continued

Page 97: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CR

ED

IT R

ISK

including regulators, to be more informed in their decision making. Pillar 3 disclosures, which aim to enable the market to assess an institution’s capital adequacy, are intended to complement the minimum capital requirements and supervisory review process of Basel II. While the accounting and regulatory disclosure requirements differ in scope and objectives, they are not considered to be conflicting or inconsistent. This is because the source of all risk and financial disclosures emanates from a centralised set of reconciled data. A difference between IFRS and pillar 3 is that the analysis of credit risk exposures under IFRS is presented by class of financial instrument while pillar 3 requires classification by Basel II counterparty type. Classes are determined for IFRS purposes by taking into account the nature of the information to be disclosed, as well as the characteristics of the underlying financial instruments. Basel II counterparty types are assumed to have homogeneous risk characteristics which supports the standardised risk weightings assigned to the different counterparty types. The Basel II exposure classes are therefore the basis for the preparation of regulatory reporting with the exception of the credit risk return which is still based on product types. The principles in IFRS complement the principles for recognising, measuring and presenting financial assets and financial liabilities in terms of IAS 32 and IAS 39.

Fair value instruments IAS 39 permits any financial asset or financial liability, on meeting specific criteria, to be designated at fair value with all changes in fair value being recognised in profit or loss. For liabilities that are designated to be measured at fair value, any deterioration in the credit risk of the issuer will result in a decrease in its fair value and a resultant profit being recognised in profit or loss which would ultimately be recognised within other comprehensive income. IFRS requires the amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk on such liabilities, both for the period and cumulatively to date, to be disclosed in the financial statements. From a pillar 3 perspective, recognising gains as a result of deterioration in creditworthiness would undermine the quality of capital measures and performance ratios. Those fair value gains and losses attributable to credit risk, if it would occur, are excluded when calculating regulatory capital.

Available-for-sale instruments IAS 39 permits certain financial assets, such as non-trading debt and equity instruments, to be classified as available-for sale. All financial assets classified in this manner are required to be measured at fair value with all unrealised gains and losses, with the exception of impairment losses, dividends and interest income, recognised in other comprehensive income.

Banking supervisors agree that the resulting unrealised profits and losses cannot be included in regulatory capital as there is no inflow of capital and it is not permanently available. Such fair value gains are eliminated in determining the company’s regulatory capital.

Impairments In accordance with IAS 39, it is necessary to determine whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets are impaired. A financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are recognised only if there is objective evidence of impairment, resulting from one or more events that have occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event) and that loss event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably measured

(incurred loss approach). An impairment loss is determined as the difference between the financial assets’ carrying value and the present value of its estimated future cash flows, including any recoverable collateral, discounted at the original effective interest rate. To provide for latent losses in a portfolio of loans where the loans have not yet been individually identified as impaired, impairment for incurred but not reported losses is recognised based on historic loss patterns and estimated emergence periods. While IFRS clearly states that it is based on an incurred loss approach, Basel II focuses on expected and unexpected losses. Basel II seeks to ensure that expected losses are addressed through the level of impairments held against the underlying exposure, while unexpected losses are addressed through holding regulatory capital in relation to the size and nature of the exposure held, known as capital adequacy.

BASEL II: CREDIT RISK MITIGATIONCollateral, guarantees, derivatives and on- and off-balance sheet netting are widely used to mitigate credit risk. Credit risk mitigation policies and procedures ensure that credit risk mitigation techniques are acceptable, used consistently, valued appropriately and regularly, and meet the risk requirements of operational management for legal, practical and timely enforcement. Detailed processes and procedures are in place to guide each type of mitigation used.

The main types of collateral taken are:

• mortgage bonds over residential, commercial and industrial properties

• cession of book debts

• bonds over plant and equipment

• the underlying moveable assets financed under leases and instalment sales.

Reverse repurchase agreements are underpinned by the assets being financed, which are mostly liquid and tradable financial instruments.

Guarantees and related legal contracts are often required, particularly in support of credit extension to groups of companies and weaker counterparties. Guarantor counterparties include banks, parent companies, shareholders and associated counterparties. Creditworthiness is established for the guarantor as for other counterparty credit approvals.

For derivative transactions, the group typically uses internationally recognised and enforceable International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) agreements, with a credit support annexure, where collateral support is considered necessary. Other credit protection terms may be stipulated, such as limitations on the amount of unsecured credit exposure acceptable, collateralisation if mark-to-market credit exposure exceeds acceptable limits, and/or termination of the contract if certain credit events occur, for example, the downgrade of the counterparty’s public credit rating.

Wrong-way risk arises where there is a positive correlation between counterparty default and transaction exposure, and a negative correlation between transaction exposure and the value of collateral at the point of counterparty default. This risk is addressed by taking into consideration the high correlation between the default event and exposure to the counterparty when calculating the potential exposure and security margin requirements on these transactions.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 95

Page 98: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

counterparty, industry, market, product, financial instrument or type of security, country or region, or maturity. This concentration typically exists when a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

The group maintains a portfolio of credit risk that is adequately diversified and avoids unnecessarily excessive concentration risks. Diversification is achieved through setting maximum exposure guidelines to individual counterparties. The group constantly reviews its concentration levels and sets maximum exposure guidelines to these. Excesses are reported to GROC and the GRCMC.

To manage actual or potential portfolio risk concentrations in areas of higher credit risk and credit portfolio growth, the group implements hedging and other strategies from time to time. This is done at individual counterparty, sub-portfolio and portfolio levels through the use of syndication, distribution and sale of assets, asset and portfolio limit management, credit derivatives and credit protection.

BASEL II: MANAGEMENT OF CONCENTRATION RISKCredit concentration risk is the risk of loss to the group arising from an excessive concentration of exposure to a single

The tables below set out the exposure to industry and geographic concentration.

SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS OF GROSS LOANS AND ADVANCES

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Agriculture 557 250 626 904Construction 421 366 457 612Electricity 3 027 361 552 329Finance, real estate and other business services 1 969 920 1 936 155Individuals 13 720 015 13 506 787Manufacturing 337 369 569 809Mining 828 693 438 951Other services 1 111 039 1 113 894Transport 121 127 121 708Wholesale 203 540 180 266

22 297 681 19 504 415

All loans are recorded in Namibia.

SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS OF SPECIFIC IMPAIRMENTS

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Agriculture (1 241) (4 986)Construction (956) (1 217)Electricity (1 590) (2 263)Finance, real estate and other business services (2 215) (4 810)Individuals (91 921) (73 105)Manufacturing (1 184) (742)Mining (163) (101)Other services (3 000) (1 949)Transport (789) (711)Wholesale (2 476) (2 407)

(105 535) (92 291)

All impairments relate to loans that are recorded in Namibia.

BASEL II: COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISKCounterparty credit risk is managed according to the group credit risk governance standard, which also covers any other type of credit risk. All such credit risk limits are subject to annual review. Counterparty exposures are monitored against limits by the risk functions on a daily basis, and included in the calculation of economic capital demand.

The group’s exposure to counterparty risk is affected by the nature of the trades, the creditworthiness of the

counterparty, and netting and collateral arrangements. Counterparty credit risk is measured in potential future exposure terms and recognised in risk systems on a net basis where netting agreements are in place and are legally recognised, or on a gross basis otherwise. Exposures are generally marked to market daily. Cash or near cash collateral is posted where contractually provided for.

Counterparty credit risk is subjected to explicit credit limits which are formulated and approved for each counterparty and economic group, with specific reference to its credit rating and other credit exposures.

96

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Credit risk continued

Page 99: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CR

ED

IT R

ISK

Non-performing loansNon-performing loans are those loans for which:

• the group has identified objective evidence of default, such as a breach of a material loan covenant or condition, or

• instalments are due and unpaid for 90 days or more.

Non-performing but not specifically impaired loans are not specifically impaired due to the expected recoverability of the full carrying value when considering the recoverability of discontinued future cash flows, including collateral.

Non-performing specifically impaired loans are those loans that are regarded as non-performing and for which there has been a measurable decrease in estimated future cash flows. Specifically impaired loans are further analysed into the following categories:

Substandard items that show underlying well-defined weaknesses and are considered to be specifically impaired.

Doubtful items that are not yet considered final losses due to some pending factors that may strengthen the quality of the items.

Loss items that are considered to be uncollectible in whole or in part. The group provides fully for its anticipated loss, after taking collateral into account.

IFRS: ANALYSIS OF LOANS AND ADVANCESThe tables on the pages that follow analyse the credit quality of loans and advances measured in terms of IFRS.

IFRS: MAXIMUM EXPOSURE TO CREDIT RISKLoans and advances are analysed and categorised based on credit quality using the following definitions.

Performing loansNeither past due nor specifically impaired loans are loans that are current and fully compliant with all contractual terms and conditions.

Early arrears but not specifically impaired loans include those loans where the counterparty has failed to make contractual payments and payments are less than 90 days past due, but it is expected that the full carrying value will be recovered when considering future cash flows, including collateral. Ultimate loss is not expected but could occur if the adverse conditions persist.

LOANS

Performing loans

Neither past due nor specifi cally impaired loans

(N$’000)

201721 745

201619 096

Close monitoring(N$’000)

2017

900

2016

597

Loss(N$’000)

2017

356

2016

280

Doubtful(N$’000)

2017

100

2016

84

Substandard(N$’000)

2017

96

2016

70

Non-performing loans

Specifi cally impaired loans

(N$’000)

2017552 643

2016435 425

Normal monitoring(N$’000)

2017

20 845

2016

18 500

Portfolio credit impairments Specific credit impairments

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 97

Page 100: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

MAXIMUM EXPOSURE TO CREDIT RISK BY CREDIT QUALITY

N$’000

Performing loans

Neither past due nor specifically impaired

Normalmonitoring

N$’000

EarlyarrearsN$’000

SubstandardN$’000

DoubtfulN$’000

2017Mortgage loans 8 744 806 7 727 550 622 602 52 273 71 815Instalment sale and finance leases 3 438 402 3 201 679 170 266 21 570 14 219Card debtors 218 288 192 930 19 959 1 853 2 587Other loans and advances 10 119 357 9 946 407 86 817 20 775 11 551

Gross loans and advances 22 520 853 21 068 566 899 644 96 471 100 172

Less: Impairments for loans and advances (151 343)

Net loans and advances 22 369 510Add the following other banking activities exposures:Cash and balances with central banks 1 357 937 1 357 937Derivatives 64 198 64 198Financial investments 3 395 582 3 395 582Trading assets 430 186 430 186Assets in group companies and joint ventures 562 369 562 369Other financial assets 1 691 260 1 691 260

Total on-balance sheet exposure 29 871 042Unrecognised financial assetsLetters of credit and bankers’ acceptances 2 350Financial guarantees 2 401 008Unutilised borrowing facilities 4 262 314

Total exposure to credit risk 36 536 714

98

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Credit risk continued

Page 101: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CR

ED

IT R

ISK

Total non-performing loans

Non-performing

loansN$’000

Non-performing

loans%

Specifically impaired loans

LossN$’000

TotalN$’000

Securitiesand expectedrecoveries on

specificallyimpaired

loansN$’000

Net aftersecurities

and expectedrecoveries on

specificallyimpaired

loansN$’000

Balance sheetimpairment

for non-performingspecifically

impairedloans

N$’000

Grossspecific

impairmentcoverage

%

270 566 394 654 373 382 21 272 21 272 5.39 394 654 4.5130 668 66 457 18 213 48 244 48 244 72.59 66 457 1.93

959 5 399 5 399 5 399 100.00 5 399 2.4753 807 86 133 55 513 30 620 30 620 35.55 86 133 0.85

356 000 552 643 447 108 105 535 105 535 19.10 552 643 2.45

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 99

Page 102: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

MAXIMUM EXPOSURE TO CREDIT RISK BY CREDIT QUALITY CONTINUED

N$’000

Performing loans

Neither past due nor specifically impaired

Normalmonitoring

N$’000

EarlyarrearsN$’000

SubstandardN$’000

DoubtfulN$’000

2016Mortgage loans 7 705 766 7 025 343 400 062 43 110 49 553 Instalment sale and finance leases 3 579 044 3 396 242 122 352 7 724 7 610 Card debtors 217 025 194 214 16 363 2 928 2 250 Other loans and advances 8 030 145 7 883 880 58 099 17 204 24 663

Gross loans and advances 19 531 980 18 499 679 596 876 70 966 84 076

Less: Impairments for loans and advances (133 210)

Net loans and advances 19 398 770 Add the following other banking activities exposures:Cash and balances with central banks 1 359 873 1 359 873 Derivatives 55 497 55 497 Financial investments 3 111 541 3 111 541 Trading assets 291 426 291 426 Assets in group companies and joint ventures 1 606 097 1 606 097 Other financial assets 605 694 605 694

Total on-balance sheet exposure 26 428 898 Unrecognised financial assetsLetters of credit and bankers’ acceptances 1 900 Financial guarantees 2 136 486 Unutilised borrowing facilities 3 528 852

Total exposure to credit risk 26 428 898

This instrument is with counterparty of the bank for longer than six months and no defaults were note in the past.

100

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Credit risk continued

Page 103: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CR

ED

IT R

ISK

Total non-performing loans

Non-performing

loansN$’000

Non-performing

loans%

Specifically impaired loans

LossN$’000

TotalN$’000

Securitiesand expectedrecoveries on

specificallyimpaired

loansN$’000

Net aftersecurities

and expectedrecoveries on

specificallyimpaired

loansN$’000

Balance sheetimpairment

for non-performingspecifically

impairedloans

N$’000

Grossspecific

impairmentcoverage

%

187 698 280 361 267 554 12 807 12 807 4.57 280 361 3.64 45 116 60 450 23 190 37 260 37 260 61.64 60 450 1.69

1 270 6 448 1 6 447 6 447 99.98 6 448 2.97 46 299 88 166 52 389 35 777 35 777 40.58 88 166 1.10

280 383 435 425 343 134 92 291 92 291 21.20 435 425 2.23

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 101

Page 104: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

AGEING OF LOANS AND ADVANCES PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED

Less than31 daysN$’000

31 – 60days

N$’000

61 – 90days

N$’000 Total

N$’000

2017Mortgage loans 256 486 296 863 69 253 622 602Instalment sale and finance leases 129 875 30 689 9 702 170 266Card debtors 7 831 10 178 1 950 19 959Other loans and advances 47 407 26 542 12 868 86 817

Total 441 599 364 272 93 773 899 644

2016Mortgage loans 172 261 186 737 41 064 400 062Instalment sale and finance leases 98 688 17 312 6 352 122 352Card debtors 7 726 5 095 3 542 16 363Other loans and advances 21 898 23 091 13 110 58 099

Total 300 573 232 235 64 068 596 876

IFRS: RENEGOTIATED LOANS AND ADVANCESRenegotiated loans and advances are exposures which have been refinanced, rescheduled, rolled over or otherwise modified following weaknesses in the counterparty’s financial position, and where it has been judged that normal repayment will likely continue after the restructure.

2017 2016

Loans renegotiated(million) 298.4 320.4

Mortgage lending (percentage) 52.9 42

Loans renegotiated in 2017 that would otherwise be past due or impaired comprised N$298 million (2016: N$320 thousand). Renegotiated loans that have arisen from secured lending predominantly comprise mortgage loans amounting to 52% (2016: 42%) of this amount.

IFRS: COLLATERALThe table that follows shows the financial effect that collateral has on the group’s maximum exposure to credit risk. The table is presented according to Basel II asset categories and includes collateral that may not be eligible for recognition under Basel II but that management takes into consideration in the management of the group’s exposures to credit risk. All on- and off-balance sheet exposures which are exposed to credit risk, including non-performing assets, have been included.

Collateral includes:

• financial securities that have a tradable market, such as shares and other securities

• physical items, such as property, plant and equipment

• financial guarantees, suretyships and intangible assets.

Netting agreements, which do not qualify for offset under IFRS but which are nevertheless enforceable, are included as part of the group’s collateral. All exposures are presented before the effect of any impairment provisions.

Of the group’s total exposure, 2017: 11% (2016: 11%) is unsecured and mainly reflects short-term exposures to individuals.

102

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Credit risk continued

Page 105: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CR

ED

IT R

ISK

COLLATERAL

Totalexposure

N$’000Unsecured

N$’000

Securedexposure

N$’000

Collateralcoverage

51% – 100%N$’000

2017Mortgage loans 8 744 806 8 744 806 8 744 806 Instalment sale and finance leases 3 438 402 3 438 402 3 438 402 Card debtors 218 288 218 288 Other loans and advances 10 119 357 2 896 975 7 222 382 7 222 382 Derivative assets 64 198 64 198 64 198 Unrecognised financial assets 6 665 672 6 665 672 6 665 672

Letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances 2 350 2 350 2 350 Financial guarantees 2 401 008 2 401 008 2 401 008 Unutilised borrowing facilities 4 262 314 4 262 314 4 262 314

Total 29 250 723 3 115 263 26 135 460 26 135 460

Add: Financial assets not exposed to credit risk 6 874 965 Add: Interest in financial instruments of group companies 562 369 Less: Impairments for loans and advances (151 343)Less: Unrecognised off-balance sheet items (6 665 672)

Total exposure 29 871 042

Reconciliation to balance sheetCash and balances with central banks 1 357 937 Derivative assets 64 198 Trading assets 430 186 Financial investments 3 395 582 Loans and advances 22 369 510 Assets in group companies and joint ventures 562 369 Other financial assets 1 691 260

Total exposure 29 871 042

Totalexposure

N$’000Unsecured

N$’000

Securedexposure

N$’000

Collateralcoverage

51% – 100%N$’000

2016Mortgage loans 7 705 766 7 705 766 7 705 766 Instalment sale and finance leases 3 579 044 3 579 044 3 579 044 Card debtors 217 025 217 025 Other loans and advances 8 030 145 2 029 885 6 000 260 6 000 260 Derivative assets 55 497 55 497 55 497 Unrecognised financial assets

Total 19 587 477 2 246 910 17 340 567 17 340 567

Add: Financial assets not exposed to credit risk 5 368 534 Add: Interest in financial instruments of group companies 1 606 097 Less: Impairments for loans and advances (133 210)Less: Unrecognised off-balance sheet items

Total exposure 26 428 898

Reconciliation to balance sheetCash and balances with central banks 1 359 873 Derivative assets 55 497 Trading assets 291 426 Financial investments 3 111 541 Loans and advances 19 398 770 Assets in group companies and joint ventures 1 606 097 Other financial assets 605 694

Total exposure 26 428 898

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 103

Page 106: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INTRODUCTIONThe nature of banking and trading gives rise to continuous exposure to liquidity risk. The group’s liquidity risk management framework is designed to measure and manage liquidity positions across both the corporate and retail sectors to ensure that payment obligations can be met by the group’s legal entities, under both normal and stressed conditions.

Banking liquidity risk can be distinguished by two risk categories which are strictly managed by the group:

• Market liquidity risk: The risk that the group cannot easily offset or eliminate a position without significantly affecting market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruption.

• Funding liquidity risk: The risk that the group will not be able to effectively meet both expected and unexpected current and future cash flow and collateral requirements without negatively affecting the group’s daily operations or financial condition.

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND GOVERNANCEExco and the board review and set the liquidity risk governance standard annually in accordance with regulatory requirements, international best practice and the group’s stated risk appetite. This ensures that a comprehensive and consistent governance framework for liquidity risk management is followed across the group. The group has an asset and liability committee (ALCO) responsible for ensuring compliance with liquidity risk policies.

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENTThe group manages liquidity in accordance with applicable regulations within the group’s risk appetite for liquidity risk.

As part of a comprehensive liquidity management process, the group distinguishes between tactical, structural and contingent liquidity risk. These three risk management categories are governed by a comprehensive internal governance framework to identify, measure and manage exposure to liquidity risk. Combining each of these risk management categories allows for effective liquidity risk monitoring.

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT CATEGORIES

TACTICAL (SHORTER-TERM)LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

STRUCTURAL (LONG-TERM) LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

CONTINGENCY LIQUIDITYRISK MANAGEMENT

• manage intra-day liquidity positions

• monitor interbank and repurchase shortage levels

• monitor daily cash flow requirements

• manage short-term cash flows

• manage daily foreign currency liquidity

• set deposit rates in accordance with structural and contingent liquidity requirements as informed by the ALCO.

• ensure a structurally soundbalance sheet

• identify and manage structuralliquidity mismatches

• determine and apply behavioural profiling

• manage long-term cash flows

• preserve a diversified funding base

• inform term funding requirements

• assess foreign currency liquidity exposures

• establish liquidity risk appetite

• ensure appropriate transfer pricing of liquidity costs.

• monitor and manage early warning liquidity indicators

• establish and maintain contingency funding plans

• undertake regular liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis

• convene liquidity crisis management committees, if needed

• set liquidity buffer levels in accordance with anticipated stress events

• advise diversification of liquidity buffer portfolios.

TOOLS USED TO MANAGE LIQUIDITY ACROSS ALL RISK MANAGEMENT CATEGORIES: • liquidity ratios

• market ratios.

•• Objectives

•• Regulatory capital

•• Economic capital

Capital management

LIQUIDITY RISK104 INTRODUCTION

104 ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND GOVERNANCE

104 LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING MANAGEMENT

104

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C continued

Page 107: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

LIQ

UID

ITY

RIS

K

The liquidity management process is independently reviewed on a regular basis. In periods of stable market conditions, the group’s consolidated liquidity risk position is monitored on at least a quarterly basis by ALCO. In periods of increased volatility, the frequency of meetings is increased as required to facilitate appropriate and timely management action.

Tactical liquidity risk managementActive liquidity and funding management is an integrated effort across a number of functional areas. Short-term cash flow projections are used to plan for and meet the day-to-day requirements of the business, including adherence to prudential and internal requirements.

The group’s wholesale funding strategy is assessed for each legal entity and is derived from projected net asset growth which includes consideration of PBB and CIB asset growth, capital requirements, the maturity profile of existing wholesale funding and anticipated changes in the retail deposit base. Funding requirements and initiatives are assessed in accordance with ALCO requirements for diversification, tenor and currency exposure, as well as the availability and pricing of alternative liquidity sources.

An active presence is maintained in professional markets, supported by relationship management efforts among corporate and institutional clients.

Structural liquidity risk managementStructural requirementsWith actual cash flows typically varying significantly from the contractual position, behavioural profiling is applied to assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments with an indeterminable maturity or drawdown period, as well as to certain liquid assets. Behavioural profiling assigns probable maturities based on historical customer behaviour. This is used to identify significant additional sources of structural liquidity in the form of liquid assets and core deposits, such as current and savings accounts, which exhibit stable behaviour despite being repayable on demand or at short notice.

Structural liquidity mismatch analyses are performed regularly to anticipate the mismatch between payment profiles of balance sheet items, in order to highlight potential risks within the group’s defined liquidity risk thresholds.

The graph that follows shows the group’s cumulative maturity mismatch between assets and liabilities for the 0 to 12 months bucket, after applying behavioural profiling. Limits are set internally to restrict the cumulative liquidity mismatch between expected inflows and outflows of funds in different time buckets. These mismatches are monitored on a regular basis with active management intervention if potential limit breaches are evidenced. The behaviourally adjusted cumulative liquidity mismatch remains within the group’s liquidity risk appetite. In order to ensure ongoing compliance with statutory and internal risk management guidelines, certain short-term assets are profiled as long dated.

20

15

10

5

0

(5)

(10)

(15)

(20)

2017 2016 Internal limit

Behaviourally adjusted cumulative liquidity mismatch(%)

0 – 1month

0 – 7days

0 – 12months

0 – 3months

0 – 6months

Maturity analysis of financial liabilities by contractual maturityThe tables that follow analyse cash flows on a contractual, undiscounted basis based on the earliest date on which the group can be required to pay (except for trading liabilities and trading derivatives) and will, therefore, not agree directly to the balances disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Derivative liabilities are included in the maturity analysis on a contractual, undiscounted basis when contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the derivatives’ future cash flows. Management considers only contractual maturities to be essential for understanding the future cash flows of derivative liabilities that are designated as hedging instruments in effective hedge accounting relationships. All other derivative liabilities are treated as trading and are included at fair value in the redeemable on demand bucket since these positions are typically held for short periods of time.

The following tables also include contractual cash flows with respect to off-balance sheet items which have not yet been recorded on-balance sheet. Where cash flows are exchanged simultaneously, the net amounts have been reflected.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 105

Page 108: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

MATURITY ANALYSIS OF LIABILITIES

Redeemableon demand

N$’000

Maturingwithin

1 monthN$’000

Maturingbetween

1 – 6 monthsN$’000

Maturingbetween

6 – 12 monthsN$’000

Maturingafter

12 monthsN$’000

TotalN$’000

2017LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 17 677 39 298 1 303 58 280 Trading liabilities 92 92 Deposits and current accounts 15 410 011 573 357 5 156 527 2 262 933 1 164 464 24 567 292 Loans from group companies 1 285 685 1 285 685 Debt issued securities 230 153 988 578 1 218 731 Others liabilities 505 701 505 701

17 201 397 591 035 5 195 917 2 494 389 2 153 042 27 635 781

Unrecognised financial instruments

Letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances 2 350 2 350

Financial guarantees 2 401 008 2 401 008 Unutilised borrowing facilities 4 262 314 4 262 314

6 665 672 6 665 672

Redeemableon demand

N$’000

Maturingwithin

1 monthN$’000

Maturingbetween

1 – 6 monthsN$’000

Maturingbetween

6 – 12 monthsN$’000

Maturingafter

12 monthsN$’000

TotalN$’000

2016LiabilitiesDerivative liabilities 17 541 25 322 7 549 50 412 Trading liabilities 151 127 151 127 Deposits and current accounts 13 981 351 755 925 3 899 021 1 450 692 1 184 730 21 244 154 Loans from group companies 1 228 080 1 228 081 Debt issued securities 198 099 1 017 150 1 215 249 Others liabilities 404 835 404 835

15 614 266 773 467 3 924 343 1 656 340 2 353 007 24 293 858

Unrecognised financial instruments

Letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances 322 1 578 1 900

Financial guarantees 28 462 13 308 48 136 90 361 1 956 218 2 136 486 Unutilised borrowing facilities 3 528 852 3 528 852

3 557 314 13 630 49 714 90 361 1 956 218 5 667 237

Foreign currency liquidity managementA number of indicators are observed to monitor changes in either market liquidity or exchange rates. Foreign currency loans and advances are restricted to the availability of foreign currency deposits.

Funding strategyFunding markets are evaluated on an ongoing basis to ensure appropriate group funding strategies are executed depending on the market, competitive and regulatory environment. The group employs a diversified funding strategy, sourcing liquidity in both domestic and offshore markets, and incorporates a coordinated approach to accessing capital and loan markets across the group.

Concentration risk limits are used within the group to ensure that funding diversification is maintained across products, sectors, geographic regions and counterparties.

Primary funding sources are in the form of deposits across a spectrum of retail and wholesale clients, as well as long-term capital and loan markets. The group remains committed to increasing its core deposits and accessing domestic and foreign capital markets when appropriate to meet its anticipated funding requirements.

DEPOSITOR CONCENTRATIONS – NAMIBIA

2017%

2016%

Top 10 depositors 16.68 19.48Single depositor 4.07 3.49

106

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Liquidity risk continued

Page 109: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

LIQ

UID

ITY

RIS

K

FUNDING-RELATED LIABILITIES COMPOSITION

2017N$bn

2016N$bn

Corporate and financial institutions’ funding 12.3 12.4Government and parastatals 1.4 1.9Interbank funding 0.8 1.1Retail deposits 7.7 6.8Senior and subordinated debt 1.3 1.3

Total funding-related liabilities 23.5 23.5

60

50

40

30

20

10

2017 2016

Funding-related liabilities composition (%)

Corporate andfinancial institutions

Governmentand parastatals

Interbank Retaildeposits

Senior andsubordinated debt

Structural mismatch limits and guidelinesThe long-term funding ratio is defined as those funding-related liabilities with a remaining maturity of greater than six months as a percentage of total funding-related liabilities. This definition is derived from the SARB filings in the South African market, not to be confused with NSFR which is greater than one year.

The graph below illustrates the group’s long-term funding ratio for the period 1 January 2010 to 31 December 2017.The group’s long-term funding ratio was 23.40% (2016: 23.34%).

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

Long-term funding ratio (%)

January 2010 December 2017

Contingency liquidity risk managementContingency funding plansContingency funding plans are designed to protect stakeholder interests and maintain market confidence to ensure a positive outcome in the event of a liquidity crisis. The plans incorporate an early warning indicator methodology supported by clear crisis response strategies. Early warning indicators cover bank-specific and systemic crises and are monitored according to assigned frequencies and tolerance levels.

Crisis response strategies are formulated for the relevant crisis management structures and address internal and external communications, liquidity generation management actions and operations, heightened and supplementary information requirements, as well as various management actions available to address the crisis event.

Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysisStress testing and scenario analysis are based on hypothetical, as well as historical events. These are conducted on the group’s funding profiles and liquidity positions.

Anticipated on- and off-balance sheet cash flows are subjected to a variety of bank-specific and systemic stresses and scenarios to evaluate the impact of unlikely but plausible events on liquidity positions. Under each scenario, loan portfolios are assumed to roll over. However, the rollover of liabilities will be partially impaired resulting in a funding shortfall.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 107

Page 110: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

The results are assessed against the liquidity buffer and contingency funding plans to provide assurance as to the group’s ability to maintain sufficient liquidity under adverse conditions. The results also inform target liquidity buffer positions. The bank’s internal stress tests continue to be updated to reflect new reporting requirements and annual review amendments.

Liquidity bufferPortfolios of highly marketable securities over and above prudential, regulatory and internal stress testing requirements are maintained as protection against unforeseen disruptions in cash flows. These portfolios are managed within ALCO-defined limits on the basis of diversification and liquidity.

The table below provides a breakdown of the group’s liquid marketable securities and foreign currency placements as at 31 December 2017 compared to the 31 December 2016 closing position. These portfolios are highly liquid and can be readily sold to meet liquidity requirements.

TOTAL LIQUIDITY

2017N$bn

2016N$bn

Total marketable assets 4.88 6.08 Prudential requirements 2.92 2.53

Total liquidity (in excess of prudential requirements) 1.96 3.55

In addition to minimum requirements, total contingent liquidity holdings are informed by the results from liquidity stress testing as per Basel principles. The total amount of liquidity held remains adequate to meet all internal stress tests, as well as various legal entity and group regulatory and prudential requirements.

108

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Liquidity risk continued

Page 111: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INTRODUCTION

The group’s key market risks are categorised as follows:

• Market risk in the trading book: These risks result from the trading activities of the group where the primary focus is client facilitation in chosen markets. All trading activities are carried out within the group’s CIB division. Trading activities comprise market making, arbitrage and proprietary trading, with the latter constituting a small proportion of trading revenues.

• Interest rate risk in the banking book: These risks result from the different repricing characteristics of banking book assets and liabilities. They include endowment risk associated with a downturn in the economic cycle, repricing risk, basis risk, optionality risk and yield curve risk.

• Foreign currency risk: The group’s primary exposures to foreign currency risk arise as a result of fluctuations in the value of the base currency against the foreign currency in which the group has assets or obligations.

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND GOVERNANCE ALCO and the board review and set the market risk governance standard annually in accordance with the group’s stated risk appetite.

The market risk functions embedded in the business lines are independent of trading operations and accountable to ALCO. They are responsible for identifying, measuring, managing, controlling and reporting market risk as outlined in the market risk governance standard, with support from the central market risk function. The market risk functions also have the ability to set individual trader mandates. All VaR limits require prior approval from ALCO. The central market risk function is accountable to ALCO.

Exposures and excesses are monitored and reported daily to business line and group management, and quarterly to ALCO and the BRC. Where breaches in limits and triggers occur, actions are taken by market risk functions to move exposures back in line with approved market risk appetite, with such breaches being reported to management and ALCO.

TRADING BOOK MARKET RISK MANAGEMENTMeasurementThe techniques used to measure and control trading book market risk and trading volatility include:

• VaR

• stop-loss triggers

• stress tests

• backtesting.

VaRThe group uses the historical VaR simulation approach to derive quantitative measures, specifically for market risk under normal conditions.

VaR is based on 251 days of unweighted historical data, a holding period of one day and a confidence level of 95%. The historical VaR results are calculated in four steps:

• Calculate 250 daily market price movements based on 251 days’ historical data.

• Calculate hypothetical daily profit or loss for each day using these daily market price movements.

• Aggregate all hypothetical profits or losses for day one across all positions, giving daily hypothetical profit or loss. Repeat for all other days.

• VaR is the 95th percentile selected from the 250 days of daily hypothetical total profit or loss.

Daily losses exceeding the VaR are unlikely to occur.

VaR models have been approved by the regulators for all Namibian trading units except for the structured product desk and specific risk on interest rates. Where the group has received internal model approval, a VaR using a confidence level of 99% and a ten-day holding period for both recent market conditions and a stress period is used to determine market risk regulatory capital.

•• Objectives

•• Regulatory capital

•• Economic capital

Capital management

MARKET RISK109 INTRODUCTION

109 ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND GOVERNANCE

109 TRADING BOOK MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

110 INTEREST RATE RISK IN THE BANKING BOOK

111 FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 109

Page 112: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INTEREST RATE RISK IN THE BANKING BOOKBanking book-related market risk exposure principally involves managing the potential adverse effect of interest rate movements on banking book earnings (net interest income and banking book mark-to-market profit or loss) and the economic value of equity.

The group’s approach to managing interest rate risk is governed by applicable laws and regulations, and is guided by the competitive environment in which the group operates. Banking book interest rate risk is monitored centrally by SBG’s TCM team with oversight by ALCO.

Interest rate risk measurementThe analytical techniques used to quantify banking book interest rate risk include both earnings and valuation-based measures. Results are monitored on at least a monthly basis by ALCO. The analysis takes cognisance of embedded optionality such as loan prepayments and accounts where the account behaviour differs from the contractual position.

The results obtained from forward-looking dynamic scenario analyses, as well as Monte Carlo simulations, assist in developing optimal hedging strategies on a risk-adjusted return basis. Desired changes to a particular interest rate risk profile are achieved through the restructuring of on-balance sheet repricing and/or maturity profiles and, where appropriate, the use of derivative instruments.

Interest rate risk limits Interest rate risk limits are set with respect to changes in forecast banking book earnings (net interest income and banking book mark-to-market profit or loss) and the economic value of equity. Economic value of equity sensitivity is calculated as the net present value of aggregate asset cash flows less the net present value of aggregate liability cash flows.

All assets, liabilities and derivative instruments are allocated to gap intervals based on either their repricing or maturity characteristics. Assets and liabilities for which no identifiable contractual repricing or maturity dates exist are allocated to gap intervals based on behavioural profiling (obtained through statistical analysis and, if required, expert judgement).

Analysis of banking book interest rate sensitivityThe paragraph below indicates the N$ equivalent sensitivity of the group’s banking book earnings (net interest income and banking book mark-to-market profit or loss) and other comprehensive income (OCI) in response to a parallel yield curve shock, before tax. Hedging transactions are taken into account while other variables are kept constant.

Limitations of historical VaR are acknowledged globally and include:

• The use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature.

• The use of a one-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or the risk offset in one day. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a one-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully.

• The use of a 95% confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence.

• VaR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and, therefore, does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures.

• VaR is unlikely to reflect loss potential on exposures that only arise under significant market moves.

The Basel consultative paper on ‘Fundamental trading book review’ proposes further changes to counteract these limitations in addition to regulatory stress VaR which was implemented at the beginning of 2013.

Stop-loss triggersStop-loss triggers are used to protect the profitability of the global markets trading desks, and refer to cumulative or daily trading losses that prompt a review or close-out of positions in the trading book. These are monitored by market risk on a daily basis.

Stress testsIn recognition of the limitations of VaR, stress testing provides an indication of the potential losses that could occur under extreme market conditions and where longer holding periods may be required to exit positions. The stress tests carried out by the group include individual market risk factor testing, combinations of market factors per trading desk and combinations of trading desks. Stress tests include a combination of historical, hypothetical and Monte Carlo-type simulations and provide senior management with an assessment of the financial impact that such events would have on the group’s profit. The daily losses experienced during the year ended 31 December 2017 were within the stress loss scenarios.

BacktestingThe group backtests its VaR models to verify the predictive ability of the VaR calculations and ensure the appropriateness of the models within the inherent limitations previously referred to. Backtesting compares the daily hypothetical profit and losses under the one-day buy and hold assumption to the prior day’s VaR. In addition, VaR is tested by changing various parameters, such as confidence intervals and observation periods used in the model.

In this manner, characteristics of the VaR model are captured to ensure the accuracy of the VaR measurement and the effectiveness of hedges and risk-mitigation instruments, again within the limitations previously referred to. Regulators categorise a VaR model as green, amber or red and assign regulatory capital multipliers based on this categorisation.

A green model is consistent with a satisfactory VaR model and is achieved for models that have four or less backtesting exceptions in a 12-month period. All the group’s approved models were assigned green status for the year ended 31 December 2017.

110

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Market risk continued

Page 113: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

LIQ

UID

ITY

RIS

K

INTEREST RATE EXPOSURE

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Carrying valueFinancial instruments

liabilities 1 217 339 1 062 800

Exposure to cash flow interest rate risk 1 217 339 1 062 800

Financial instruments assets 2 460 108 2 282 657

Exposure to cash flow interest rate risk 2 460 108 2 282 657

Interest rate riskThe table provides additional detail on financial instrument assets and liabilities and their specific interest rate exposure.

Due to practical considerations, interest rate risk details contained in investments in non-subsidiary mutual funds adnd investment policies are not provided.

Accounts receivable and account payable, where settlement is expected within 90 days, are not included in the analysis. The effect of interest rate rise on these balances is not considered significant given the short-term duration of the underying cash flow.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISKThe foreign currency risk sensitivity analysis below reflects the expected financial impact, in N$ equivalent, resulting from a 5% shock to foreign currency risk exposures, with respect to other derivative financial instruments and foreign-denominated cash balances and accruals.

As indicated below, the impact of a 5% depreciation in foreign currency rates on the OCI and/or profit or loss of the group before taxation is N$1 114 thousand (2016: N$9.776 thousand). Offsets to this sensitivity include changes in foreign currency rates as applied to the group’s net assets in foreign countries.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK SENSITIVITY IN N$ EQUIVALENTS

USD Eur GBP Other Total

2017Total net long/(short) position N$’000 14 411 5 359 4 2 508Sensitivity % 5 5 5 5

Impact on profit or loss N$’000 5 559 3 219 26 963 1 114

2016Total net long/(short) position N$’000 111 175 64 379 516 19 264 Sensitivity % 5 5 5 5

Impact on profit or loss N$’000 5 559 3 219 26 963 9 767

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 111

Page 114: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

INTRODUCTION

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Reputational risk and strategic risk are, in line with general market convention, excluded from the definition of operational risk.

Operational risk exists in the natural course of business activity. It is not an objective to eliminate all exposure to operational risk as this would be neither commercially viable nor indeed possible. The group’s approach to managing operational risk is to adopt fit-for-purpose operational risk practices that assist business line management in understanding their inherent risk and reducing their risk profile in line with the group’s risk tolerance, while maximising their operational performance and efficiency.

FRAMEWORKThe group has set minimum requirements for managing operational risk through the group operational risk governance standard. These requirements have been fully implemented and embedded across the group.

The framework sets out a structured and consistent approach for managing operational risk across the group. The risk management approach involves identifying, assessing, measuring, managing, mitigating, and monitoring the risks associated with operations, enabling comprehensive analysis and reporting of the group’s operational risk profile.

The framework is based on the following core components:

• Risk identification and control methodology: Facilitates the identification of risks and the management thereof across each business and operational function. It comprises two key elements:

– Risk and control self-assessments: Each business unit and group enabling function is required to analyse its business activities and critical processes to identify the key operational risks to which it is exposed, and assess the adequacy and effectiveness of its controls. For any area where management concludes that the level of residual risk is beyond an acceptable level, it is required to define action plans to reduce the level of risk. The assessments are facilitated, monitored and challenged by the relevant operational risk function aligned to each business unit and group enabling function.

– Indicators: Based on the key risks and controls identified above, relevant indicators are used to monitor key business environment and internal control factors that may influence the group’s operational risk profile. Each indicator has trigger thresholds to provide an early-warning indicator of potential risk exposures and/or a potential breakdown of controls.

– Operational risk incidents: All areas are required to report operational risk incidents to their relevant operational risk function. The definition of operational risk incidents includes not only events resulting in actual loss, but those resulting in non-financial impacts and near misses. This process is intended to enable the root cause of individual incidents, or trends of incidents, to be analysed and actions taken to reduce the exposure or to enhance controls.

All incidents relating to the group are consolidated within a central group database, which is also integrated with risk and control self-assessments and indicators.

• Reporting: Operational risk reports are produced on both a regular and an event-driven basis. The reports include a profile of the key risks to business units’ achievement of their business objectives, relevant control issues and operational risk incidents. Specific reports are prepared on a regular basis for the relevant business unit committees and for the board risk committee.

•• Objectives

•• Regulatory capital

•• Economic capital

Capital management

OPERATIONAL RISK112 INTRODUCTION

112 FRAMEWORK

113 MANAGING OPERATIONAL RISK

113 MEASURING OPERATIONAL RISK

113 SPECIALIST OPERATIONAL RISK TYPES

112

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C continued

Page 115: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OP

ER

AT

ION

AL

RIS

K

SPECIALIST OPERATIONAL RISK TYPESThe definition of operational risk is very broad. Operational risk contains specific sub-risks that are subject to management and oversight by dedicated specialist functions.

Model riskThe term model refers to a quantitative method, system or approach that applies statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical principles and processes to translate input data into quantitative estimates. The group uses models to measure risk across the various risk types. Examples include credit grading, pricing, valuation and risk appetite metrics.

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from measurement, pricing and management decisions based on incorrect or inappropriate use of models. Incorrect or inappropriate use of models may arise from incorrect assumptions, incomplete information, inaccurate implementation and limited model understanding leading to incorrect conclusions by the user.

The group’s approach to managing model risk is based on the following principles:

• All new models, both internal and external, are subject to validation and independent review in which the various components of a model and its overall functioning are evaluated to determine whether the model is performing as intended.

• The three lines of defence governance model is adopted, being model development, independent model validation and internal audit oversight functions.

• Appropriateness and fit-for-purpose use of models in technical forums is challenged.

• Model validation summaries that highlight model limitations and recommend improvements.

• Implementation of approved models into production systems is controlled.

• Model performance, including requirements for an annual review process, is monitored on an ongoing basis.

• Data that is used as model inputs, which includes independent price testing of mark-to-market positions is reviewed and governed. Where this is not available, industry consensus services are used.

• Governance is achieved through committees with appropriate board and executive management members for material models, and through policies which deal with minimum standards, materiality, validation criteria, approval criteria, roles and responsibilities.

• Auditable, skilled and experienced pool of technically competent staff is maintained.

MANAGING OPERATIONAL RISKThe primary responsibility for managing operational risk forms part of the day-to-day responsibilities of management and employees at all levels. Business line management is ultimately responsible for owning and managing risks resulting from their activities. The risks are managed where they arise.

The operational risk management function is independent from business line management and is part of the second line of defence. It is organised as follows:

• Individual teams are dedicated to each business unit and group enabling functions. These teams are based alongside their business areas and facilitate the business’s adoption of the operational risk framework. As part of the second line of defence, they also monitor and challenge the business units’ and group enabling functions’ management of their operational risk profile.

• A central function, based at a group level, provides groupwide oversight and reporting. It is also responsible for developing and maintaining the operational risk management framework.

• The primary oversight body for operational risk is ORCC, which reports to Exco, the BRC and ultimately the board. ORCC is chaired by the group head of risk and includes representation from group specialist functions and business units. ORCC is also responsible for approving groupwide operational risk policies and methodologies.

• In addition to the operational risk management function, there are individual focus areas on particular aspects of operational risk, including:

– specialist functions that are responsible for oversight of specific components of operational risk, including compliance, legal, financial crime, information security and business continuity management

– an internal financial controls framework has been established to ensure the robust control over balance sheet substantiation and other key financial controls

– within the group’s IT and operations functions, there are dedicated areas focused on the day-to-day management of operations control and IT risk.

MEASURING OPERATIONAL RISKThe group continues to calculate capital based on the standardised approach in accordance with BON requirements.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 113

Page 116: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

The group has processes and controls in place to manage its legal risk. Failure to manage these risks effectively could result in legal proceedings impacting the group adversely, both financially and reputationally.

Compliance riskCompliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation that the group may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with laws, regulations, codes of conduct and standards of good practice that are applicable to its financial services activities.

Approach to compliance risk managementThe group’s approach to managing compliance risk is proactive and premised on internationally accepted principles of risk management, including those recommended by Basel. It is aligned with other group risk type methodologies. Group compliance supports business in complying with current and emerging regulatory developments, including money laundering and terrorist financing control, sanctions management, identifying and managing conflicts of interest and market abuse, TCF and mitigating reputational risk.

Framework and governanceCompliance risk management is a core risk management activity overseen by the BRC. The head of compliance has unrestricted access to the chief executive and to the chairman of the BAC, thereby ensuring the function’s independence.

The group’s compliance framework is based on the principles of effective compliance risk management, as outlined in the Banking Institutions Act, and recommendations from international policy-making bodies. Our business compliance model includes dedicated compliance support and advisory services to business which is supplemented by training.

A robust risk management reporting and escalation procedure requires both business unit and functional area heads to report monthly and quarterly on the status of compliance risk management in the group.

Money laundering and terrorist financing controlLegislation across SBN pertaining to money laundering and terrorist financing control imposes significant requirements in terms of:

• customer identification

• record keeping

• staff training

• obligations to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.

SBG minimum standards are implemented throughout the group. The group also subscribes to the principles of the Financial Action Task Force, an inter-governmental body developing and promoting policies to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, of which Namibia is a member country.

Compliance trainingEmployees are made aware of their responsibilities in terms of current and emerging legislative and regulatory requirements through ongoing training and awareness initiatives. Employees, including senior management, are made aware of their legislative responsibilities either through e-learning, face-to-face interventions or through targeted awareness campaigns. Training is key to embedding a culture of compliance in the group.

Taxation riskIn terms of the group tax policy, the group fulfils its responsibilities under tax law in each jurisdiction in which it operates, both in terms of domestic and international taxes with specific reference to transfer pricing principles across jurisdictions, whether in relation to compliance, planning or client service matters. Tax law includes all responsibilities which the group may have in relation to company taxes, personal taxes, indirect taxes and tax administration.

Compliance with this policy is aimed at ensuring that the group pays neither more nor less tax than tax law requires. The group continually reviews its existing and planned operations in this regard and ensures that, where clients participate in group products, these clients are either aware of the probable tax implications or are advised to consult with independent professionals to assess these implications, or both.

The framework to achieve compliance with the group tax policy comprises four elements:

• Identification and management of tax risk

• Human resources policies, including an optimal mix of staffing and outsourcing

• Skills development, including methods to maintain and improve managerial and technical competency

• Communication of information affecting tax within the group.

Good corporate governance in the tax context requires that each of these elements is in place, as the absence of any one would seriously undermine the others.

Legal riskLegal risk is defined as exposure to the adverse consequences of non-compliance with legal or statutory responsibilities and/or inaccurately drafted contracts and their execution, as well as the absence of written agreements or inadequate agreements. This includes exposure to new laws, as well as changes in interpretations of existing law by appropriate authorities. This applies to the full scope of group activities and may also include others acting on behalf of the group.

Legal risk arises where:

• the group’s businesses or functions may not be conducted in accordance with, or benefit from, applicable laws in the countries in which it operates

• regulatory requirements are incorrectly applied

• the group may be liable for damages to third parties

• contractual obligations may be enforced against the group in an adverse way, resulting from legal proceedings being instituted against it.

The following sub-categories of legal risk are recognised:

• Contract non-conclusion risk

• Contract unenforceability risk

• Security interest failure risk

• Netting and set-off disallowance risk

• Adverse tax and regulatory treatment risk

• Contract breach, damages and fines risk

• Copyright loss or contravention risk

• Litigation risk

• Anti-competitive behaviour risk.

114

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Operational risk continued

Page 117: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OP

ER

AT

ION

AL

RIS

K

Business continuity management and resilienceBusiness continuity management is defined as a holistic management process that identifies potential impacts that threaten the group and provides a basis for planning in mitigation to these operational impacts. It further provides a framework for building resilience and the capability for an effective response that safeguards the interests of key stakeholders, reputation, brand and value-creating activities.

The group has business resiliency and continuity plans in place to ensure its ability to operate on an ongoing basis and limit losses in the event of severe business disruptions.

Crisis management is based on a command and control process for managing the business through a crisis to full recovery. These processes may also be deployed to manage non-operational crises, including business crises, at the discretion of senior management.

Contingency and recovery plans for core services, key systems and priority business activities have been developed and are revisited as part of existing management processes to ensure that continuity strategies and plans remain relevant.

Information risk managementInformation risk is defined as the risk of accidental or intentional unauthorised use, modification, disclosure or destruction of the group’s information resources, which compromises confidentiality, integrity or availability. Information risk management deals with all aspects of information in its physical and electronic forms. It focuses on the creation, use, transmission, storage, disposal and destruction of information.

Information risk management is responsible for establishing an information security management system inclusive of an information risk management framework, and promotes information risk management policies and practices across the group.

The execution of these policies and standards is driven through a network of information security officers embedded within the business lines. This network is functionally overseen by the group chief information security officer.

Regulatory changeThe group aims to embed regulatory best practice in our operations in a way that balances the interests of various stakeholders, while supporting the long-term stability and growth in the markets where we have a presence.

The group operates in a highly regulated industry across multiple jurisdictions, including the need to comply with legislation with extra-territorial reach. The group’s regulator is the Bank of Namibia (BON). BON supervises both the group and SBN, the banking entity, on a consolidated basis.

Environmental and social riskEnvironmental and social risk assessment and management deals with two aspects, being those over which:

• we do not have control but which have potential to impact on our operations and those of our clients

• we have direct control such as waste management and the use of energy and water.

The SBG sustainability management unit develops the strategy, policy and management frameworks which enable the identification, management, monitoring and reporting of both of these aspects.

The uncontrolled aspects include threats to the global environment result from changing global climate and its impact on weather patterns, fresh water, infrastructure, economic growth and social resilience. The group uses two approaches to screen and process projects, namely the Equator Principles for project finance loans and an internally developed appraisal system for other financial product types. These tools are designed to identify the risks associated with a transaction and the customer’s ability to manage environmental and social issues, as well as the risks associated with the transaction itself such as the nature and value of the loan, and the industry sector involved.

All project finance deals will in future be screened for climate change risk and human rights impacts. This is in addition to the more traditional environmental and social risks which include those associated with occupational health and safety, relocation of communities and the impact on livelihoods of individuals.

In relation to the controllable aspects, energy use, water use, waste production and carbon emissions resulting from our operations are recorded within an environmental management system. This is used both for improving efficiency and reporting to key stakeholders. Environmental efficiency targets have been set at a SBN level.

From a governance perspective, the group’s material issues are grouped into six broad categories which form the basis of engagement on sustainability issues with the group executive committee and the board. These are:

• sustainable long-term financial performance

• governance, regulation and stakeholder engagement

• sustainable and responsible financial services

• socioeconomic development

• a positive and consistent employee experience

• the environment.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 115

Page 118: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Business risk is governed by Exco which is ultimately responsible for managing the costs and revenues of the group.

The group mitigates business risk in a number of ways:

• Extensive due diligence during the investment appraisal process is performed, in particular for new acquisitions.

• New product processes per business line through which the risks and mitigating controls for new and amended products and services are tabled and discussed.

• Stakeholder management ensures favourable outcomes from external factors beyond the group’s control.

• The profitability of product lines and customer segments is consistently monitored.

• Tight control is maintained over the group’s cost base, including the management of its cost-to-income ratio. This allows for early intervention and management action to reduce costs where necessary.

• Being alert and responsive to changes in market forces.

• There is a strong focus in the budgeting process on achieving headline earnings growth while containing cost growth. In addition, contingency plans are built into the budget that allow for costs to be significantly reduced in the event that expected revenue generation does not materialise.

• The group continually aims to increase the ratio of variable costs to fixed costs, allowing for more flexibility to proactively reduce costs during economic downturn conditions.

Strategic riskStrategic risk is the risk that the group’s future business plans and strategies may be inadequate to prevent financial loss or protect the group’s competitive position and shareholder returns.

The group’s business plans and strategies are discussed and debated by members of management and non-executive board members.

Post-retirement obligation riskPost-retirement obligation risk is the risk to the group’s earnings that arises from the requirement to contribute as an employer to an under-funded defined benefit plan. The risk arises due to either an increase in the estimated value of medical liabilities or a decline in the market value of the fund’s assets or reduction in their investment returns.

The group operates a defined contribution plan. The group maintains a number of defined benefit pension and medical aid provider schemes for past and certain current employees, collectively termed post-retirement obligations. Refer to note 33 starting on page 77.

Financial crime controlFinancial crime includes fraud, money laundering, violent crime and misconduct by staff, customers, suppliers, business partners, stakeholders and third parties. The group will not condone any instance of financial crime and where these instances arise, the group takes timely and appropriate remedial action.

Financial crime control is defined as the prevention and detection of, and response to, all financial crime in order to mitigate economic loss, reputational risk and regulatory sanction.

The group’s financial crime control unit is mandated by the BAC to provide capabilities which minimise the overall impact of financial crime on the group. This ensures the safety of our people and assets, and builds trust with our stakeholders.

The group’s financial crime control function reports to the head of risk. This function enables a holistic view of the status and landscape of financial crime prevention, detection and response, including emerging threats. The group head of financial crime control has unrestricted access to executives and the chairperson of the BAC, thereby supporting the function’s independence.

Occupational health and safetyThe health and safety of all employees remains a priority. Training of health and safety officers and employee awareness is an ongoing endeavour. Group policies are being rolled out to all operations and the number of incidents being reported is reducing.

Other riskBusiness riskBusiness risk is the risk of loss due to operating revenue not covering operating costs and is usually caused by the following:

• inflexible cost structures

• market-driven pressures, such as decreased demand, increased competition or cost increases

• group-specific causes, such as a poor choice of strategy, reputational damage or the decision to absorb costs or losses to preserve reputation.

It includes strategic risk and post-retirement obligation risk.

116

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure C Operational risk continued

Page 119: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

OP

ER

AT

ION

AL

RIS

K

Reputational riskReputational risk results from damage to the group’s image which may impair its ability to retain and generate business. Such damage may result in a breakdown of trust, confidence or business relationships.

Safeguarding the group’s reputation is of paramount importance. Each business line, legal entity or support function executive is responsible for identifying, assessing and determining all reputational risks that may arise within their respective areas of business. The impact of such risks is considered alongside financial or other impacts.

Matters identified as a reputational risk to the group will be reported to the group head of governance and assurance who, if required, will escalate these matters to exco.

Should a risk event occur, the group’s crisis management processes are designed to minimise the reputational impact of the event. Crisis management teams are in place both at executive and business line level to ensure the effective management of any such events. This includes ensuring that the group’s perspective is fairly represented in the media.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 117

Page 120: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

GROUP

2017N$’000

2016N$’000

Executive directors 8 889 5 822Non-executive directors 2 709 2 901

11 598 8 723

ANNEXURE DEmoluments of directors

118

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page 121: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

The accounting policies of SBN Holdings conform to the policies adopted by the Standard Bank Group (group).

The principal accounting policies applied by the group1 in the presentation of the annual financial statements are set out below.

1 All references to group hereafter include the separate annual financial statements, where applicable.

1. Basis of consolidationSubsidiariesThe group consolidates the annual financial statements of investees which it controls. The group controls an investee when:

• it has power over the investee

• has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee

• has the ability to use its power to affect the returns from its involvement with the investee.

ANNEXURE E Detailed group accounting policies

119 BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

120 FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATIONS

120 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

120 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

124 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

124 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

125 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

125 PROPERTY DEVELOPMENTS AND PROPERTIES IN POSSESSION

125 CAPITALISATION OF BORROWING COSTS

125 IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

125 LEASES

126 PROVISIONS, CONTINGENT ASSETS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

126 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

127 TAXATION

127 FAIR VALUE

128 EQUITY

128 EQUITY-LINKED TRANSACTIONS

128 REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE

129 SEGMENT REPORTING

129 FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES

129 COMPARATIVE FIGURES

130 NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET ADOPTED

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 119

Page 122: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at historical cost are translated using the exchange rate at the transaction date, and those measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Exchange rate differences on non-monetary items are accounted for based on the classification of the underlying items. Foreign exchange gains and losses on equities (debt) classified as available-for-sale financial assets are recognised in the available-for-sale reserve in OCI (profit or loss) whereas the exchange differences on equities and debt that are classified as held at fair value through profit or loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss in profit or loss.

Foreign currency gains and losses on intragroup loans are recognised in profit or loss except where the settlement of the loan is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. In these cases the foreign currency gains and losses are recognised in the group’s foreign currency translation reserve. These gains and losses are accounted for similarly to the exchange gains and losses as described in this accounting policy for group companies.

3. Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents presented in the statement of cash flows consist of cash and balances with central banks. Cash and balances with central banks comprise coins and bank notes, and balances with central banks. Cash and cash equivalents include short-term highly liquid items.

4. Financial instrumentsInitial recognition and measurementFinancial instruments include all financial assets and liabilities. These instruments are typically held for liquidity, investment, trading or hedging purposes. All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, except those carried at fair value through profit or loss where transaction costs are recognised immediately in profit or loss. Financial instruments are recognised (derecognised) on the date the group commits to purchase (sell) the instruments (trade date accounting). The legal enforceable right is not contingent of a future event and is enforceable in the normal course of business even in the event of default, bankruptcy and insolvency.

Subsequent measurementSubsequent to initial measurement, financial instruments are measured either at fair value or amortised cost, depending on their classifications as follows:

Held-for-trading assets and liabilitiesHeld-for-trading assets and liabilities include those financial assets and liabilities acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term, those forming part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking, and commodities that are acquired principally by the group for the purpose of selling in the near future and generating a profit from fluctuations in price or broker-traders’ margin. Derivatives are always categorised as held-for-trading.

1. Basis of consolidation continuedThe annual financial statements of the investee are consolidated from the date on which the group acquires control up to the date that control is lost. Control is assessed on a continuous basis.

Intragroup transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

The proportion of comprehensive income and changes in equity allocated to the group and non-controlling interests are determined on the basis of the group’s present ownership interest in the subsidiary.

The accounting policies of subsidiaries that are consolidated by the group conform to these policies.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less accumulated impairment losses (where applicable) in the separate financial statements. The carrying amounts of these investments are reviewed annually for impairment indicators and, where an indicator of impairment exists, are impaired to the higher of the investment’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

Transactions with non-controlling interestsTransactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in the gain or loss of control, are accounted for as transactions with equity holders of the group. For purchases of additional interests from non-controlling interests, the difference between the purchase consideration and the group’s proportionate share of the subsidiary’s additional net asset value acquired is accounted for directly in equity. Gains or losses on the partial disposal (where control is not lost) of the group’s interest in a subsidiary to non-controlling interests are computed as the difference between the sales consideration and the group’s proportionate share of the subsidiary’s net asset value disposed of, is also accounted for directly in equity.

2. Foreign currency translationsFunctional and presentation currencyItems included in the annual financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (functional currency).

The annual financial statements are presented in Namibian dollar, which is the functional and presentation currency of the group.

Transactions and balancesForeign currency transactions are translated into the respective functional currencies of group entities at exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates, are recognised in profit or loss (except when recognised in OCI as part of qualifying cash flow hedges and net investment hedges).

120

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 123: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Available-for-sale financial assets are impaired when there has been a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the financial asset below its cost. The cumulative fair value adjustments previously recognised in OCI on the impaired financial assets are reclassified to profit or loss. Reversal of impairments on equity available-for-sale financial assets are recognised in OCI.

Interest income, calculated using the effective interest method, is recognised in profit or loss. Dividends received on debt (equity) available-for-sale instruments are recognised in interest income (other revenue) within profit or loss when the group’s right to receive payment has been established.

Loans and receivablesLoans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than those classified by the group as at fair value through profit or loss or available-for-sale.

Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Origination transaction costs and origination fees received that are integral to the effective rate are capitalised to the value of the loan and amortised through interest income as part of the effective interest rate. The majority of the group’s loans and advances are included in the loans and receivables category.

Financial liabilities at amortised costFinancial liabilities that are neither held for trading nor designated at fair value are measured at amortised cost.

Reclassification of financial assetsThe group may choose to reclassify non-derivative trading assets out of the held-for-trading category if the financial asset is no longer held for the purpose of selling it in the near term. Financial assets that would not otherwise have met the definition of loans and receivables are permitted to be reclassified out of the held-for-trading category only in rare circumstances. In addition, the group may choose to reclassify financial assets that would meet the definition of loans and receivables out of the held-for-trading or available-for-sale categories if the group, at the date of reclassification, has the intention and ability to hold these financial assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

Derivatives or any financial instrument designated at fair value through profit or loss shall not be reclassified out of their respective categories.

Reclassifications are made at fair value as of the reclassification date. Effective interest rates for financial assets reclassified to loans and receivables, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale categories are determined at the reclassification date. Subsequent increases in estimates of cash flows adjust the financial asset’s effective interest rates prospectively.

On reclassification of a trading asset, all embedded derivatives are reassessed and, if necessary, accounted for separately.

4. Financial instruments continuedSubsequent measurement continuedSubsequent to initial recognition, the financial instruments’ fair values are remeasured at each reporting date. All gains and losses, including interest and dividends arising from changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss as trading revenue within non-interest revenue with the exception of derivatives that are designated and effective as hedging instruments (refer to Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting).

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or lossThe group designates certain financial assets and liabilities, other than those classified as held-for-trading, as at fair value through profit or loss when:

• this designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise. Under this criterion, the main classes of financial instruments designated by the group are loans and advances to banks and customers and financial investments. The designation significantly reduces measurement inconsistencies that would have otherwise arisen. For example, where the related derivatives were treated as held-for-trading and the underlying financial instruments were carried at amortised cost

• groups of financial assets, financial liabilities or both are managed, and their performance evaluated, on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and reported to the group’s key management personnel on a fair-value basis. Under this criterion, certain private equity, short-term insurance and other investment portfolios have been designated at fair value through profit or loss, or

• financial instruments containing one or more embedded derivatives that significantly modify the instruments’ cash flows.

The fair value designation is made on initial recognition and is irrevocable. Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values are remeasured at each reporting date. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised in interest income (interest expense) for all debt financial assets (financial liabilities) and in other revenue within non-interest revenue for all equity instruments.

Available-for-saleFinancial assets classified by the group as available-for-sale are generally strategic capital investments held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices, or non-derivative financial assets that are not classified within another category of financial assets.

Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Unrealised gains or losses are recognised directly in the available-for-sale reserve until the financial asset is derecognised or impaired. When debt/(equity) available-for-sale financial assets are disposed of, the cumulative fair value adjustments in OCI are reclassified to interest income (other revenue).

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 121

Page 124: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

has occurred after the initial recognition of the group of loans but before the reporting date. In order to provide for latent losses in a group of loans that have not yet been identified as specifically impaired, a credit impairment for incurred but not reported losses is recognised based on historic loss patterns and estimated emergence periods (time period between the loss trigger events and the date on which the group identifies the losses). Groups of loans are also impaired when adverse economic conditions develop after initial recognition, which may impact future cash flows. The carrying amount of groups of loans is reduced through the use of a portfolio credit impairment account and the loss is recognised as a credit impairment charge in profit or loss.

Increases in loan impairments and any subsequent reversals thereof, or recoveries of amounts previously impaired (including loans that have been written off), are reflected within credit impairment charges in profit or loss. Previously impaired loans are written off once all reasonable attempts at collection have been made and there is no realistic prospect of recovering outstanding amounts. Any subsequent reductions in amounts previously impaired are reversed by adjusting the allowance account with the amount of the reversal recognised as a reduction in impairment for credit losses in profit or loss.

Subsequent to impairment, the effects of discounting unwind over time as interest income.

Renegotiated loansLoans that would otherwise be past due or impaired and whose terms have been renegotiated and exhibit the characteristics of a performing loan are reset to performing loan status. Loans whose terms have been renegotiated are subject to ongoing review to determine whether they are considered to be impaired or past due.

The effective interest rate of renegotiated loans that have not been derecognised (described under the heading Derecognition of financial instruments), is redetermined based on the loan’s renegotiated terms.

Available-for-sale financial assetsAvailable-for-sale financial assets are impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment, resulting from one or more loss events that occurred after initial recognition but before the reporting date, that have a negative impact on the future cash flows of the asset. In addition, an available-for-sale equity instrument is considered to be impaired if a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the instrument below its cost has occurred. In that instance, the cumulative loss, measured as the difference between the acquisition price and the current fair value, less any previously recognised impairment losses on that financial asset, is reclassified from OCI to profit or loss.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount relating to an impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be linked objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss for available-for-sale debt instruments. Any reversal of an impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale equity instrument is recognised directly in OCI.

4. Financial instruments continuedImpairment of financial assetsAssets carried at amortised costThe group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a loan or group of loans is impaired. A loan or group of loans is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after initial recognition and that loss event has a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of the loan or group of loans that can be estimated reliably.

Criteria that are used by the group in determining whether there is objective evidence of impairment include:

• known cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower

• a breach of contract, such as default or delinquency in interest and/or principal payments

• breaches of loan covenants or conditions

• it becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation

• where the group, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, grants the borrower a concession that the group would not otherwise consider.

The group first assesses whether there is objective evidence of impairment individually for loans that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for loans that are not individually significant. Non-performing loans include those loans for which the group has identified objective evidence of default, such as a breach of a material loan covenant or condition as well as those loans for which instalments are due and unpaid for 90 days or more. The impairment of non-performing loans takes into account past loss experience adjusted for changes in economic conditions and the nature and level of risk exposure since the recording of the historic losses.

When a loan carried at amortised cost has been identified as specifically impaired, the carrying amount of the loan is reduced to an amount equal to the present value of its estimated future cash flows, including the recoverable amount of any collateral, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the loan is reduced through the use of a specific credit impairment account and the loss is recognised as a credit impairment charge in profit or loss.

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of collateralised financial assets recognised on an amortised cost basis includes cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs of obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.

If the group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed loan, whether significant or not, it includes the loan in a group of financial loans with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses for impairment. Loans that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is recognised are not included in a collective assessment for impairment.

Impairment of groups of loans that are assessed collectively is recognised where there is objective evidence that a loss event

122

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 125: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Fair value hedgesWhere a hedging relationship is designated as a fair value hedge, the hedged item is adjusted for the change in fair value in respect of the risk being hedged. Gains or losses on the remeasurement of both the derivative and the hedged item are recognised in profit or loss. Fair value adjustments relating to the hedging instrument are allocated to the same line item in profit or loss as the related hedged item. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in profit or loss as trading revenue.

If the derivative expires, is sold, terminated, exercised, no longer meets the criteria for fair value hedge accounting, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued. The adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item measured at amortised cost, for which the effective interest method is used, is amortised to profit or loss as part of the hedged item’s recalculated effective interest rate over the period to maturity.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accountingAll gains and losses from changes in the fair values of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss as trading revenue.

BorrowingsBorrowings are recognised initially at fair value, generally being their issue proceeds, net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost and interest is recognised using the effective interest method.

Preference shares, which carry a mandatory coupon and redemption, or are redeemable on a specific date, at the occurrence of a contingent future event, or at the option of the shareholder are classified as financial liabilities or compound financial instruments (instruments with debt and equity components). All other preference shares are classified as equity instruments. Dividends on preference shares classified as financial liabilities are accounted for as interest on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method. Dividends on preference shares classified as equity instruments are recognised within equity as a dividend payment when dividends are declared.

Financial guarantee contractsA financial guarantee contract is a contract that requires the group (issuer) to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument.

Financial guarantee contracts are initially recognised at fair value, which is generally equal to the premium received, and then amortised over the life of the financial guarantee. Subsequent to initial recognition, the financial guarantee liability is measured at the higher of the present value of any expected payment, when a payment under the guarantee has become probable, and the unamortised premium.

4. Financial instruments continuedOffsetting financial instrumentsFinancial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to set-off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle the asset and the liability on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted by the accounting standards, or for gains and losses arising from a group of similar transactions.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accountingA derivative is a financial instrument whose fair value changes in response to an underlying variable, requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors and is settled at a future date. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which the derivatives are entered into and subsequently remeasured at fair value as described under the fair value policy above.

All derivative instruments are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative, subject to offsetting principles as described under the heading ‘Offsetting financial instruments’ above.

Embedded derivatives included in hybrid instruments are treated and disclosed as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, the terms of the embedded derivative are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative and the combined contract is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. The financial host contracts are accounted for and measured applying the rules of the relevant financial instrument category.

The method of recognising fair value gains and losses depends on whether the derivatives are designated as hedging instruments, and if so, the nature of the hedge relationship, or if they are classified as held-for-trading.

Derivatives that qualify for hedge accountingWhen derivatives are designated in a hedge relationship, the group designates them as:

• hedges of the fair value of recognised financial assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedges).

Hedge accounting is applied to derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met. The group documents, at the inception of the hedge relationship, the relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging relationships. The group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, of whether the hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 123

Page 126: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method and are measured in the statement of financial position at an amount that reflects the group’s share of the net assets of the joint venture (including goodwill).

Equity accounting involves recognising the investment initially at cost, including goodwill, and subsequently adjusting the carrying value for the group’s share of the joint ventures income and expenses and OCI. Equity accounting of losses in joint ventures is restricted to the interests in these entities, including unsecured receivables or other commitments, unless the group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the joint ventures. Unrealised profits from ‘upstream’ and ‘downstream’ transactions are eliminated in determining the group’s share of equity accounted profits. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Equity accounting is applied from the date on which the entity becomes a joint venture up to the date on which it ceases to be a joint venture. The accounting policies of joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies of the group.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for at cost less impairment losses in the company’s annual financial statements.

6. Property and equipmentEquipment and owner-occupied propertiesEquipment, furniture, vehicles and other tangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Where significant parts of an item of property or equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment.

Costs that are subsequently incurred are included in the asset’s related carrying amount or are recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Expenditure, which does not meet these criteria, is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Depreciation, impairment losses and gains and losses on disposal of assets are included in profit or loss.

Owner-occupied properties are held for use in the supply of services or for administrative purposes.

Property and equipment are depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets to their residual values. Land is not depreciated. Leasehold buildings are depreciated over the period of the lease or over a lesser period, as is considered appropriate.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and the depreciation method applied are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year end.

4. Financial instruments continuedDerecognition of financial instrumentsFinancial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired, or where the group has transferred its contractual rights to receive cash flows on the financial asset such that it has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the group is recognised as a separate asset or liability.

The group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised in its statement of financial position, but retains either all or a portion of the risks or rewards of the transferred assets. If all or substantially all risks and rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised. Transfers of assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include securities lending and repurchase agreements.

When assets are sold to a third party with a concurrent total rate of return swap on the transferred assets, the transaction is accounted for as a secured financing transaction, similar to repurchase transactions. In transactions where the group neither retains nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, the asset is derecognised if control over the asset is lost. The rights and obligations retained in the transfer are recognised separately as assets and liabilities as appropriate.

In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires.

Where an existing financial asset or liability is replaced by another with the same counterparty on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing financial asset or liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original asset or liability and the recognition of a new asset or liability, with the difference in the respective carrying amounts being recognised in profit or loss.

In all other instances, the renegotiated asset or liability’s effective interest rate is redetermined taking into account the renegotiated terms.

5. Interest in joint venturesJoint venturesA joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement which only exists when decisions about the relevant activities of the joint arrangement require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

124

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 127: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

10. Impairment of non-financial assetsIntangible assets that have an indefinite useful life and goodwill are tested annually for impairment and additionally when an indicator of impairment exists. Intangible assets that are subject to amortisation and other non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment at each reporting date and tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Fair value less costs to sell is determined by ascertaining the current market value of an asset and deducting any costs related to the realisation of the asset. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows from continuing use (CGUs). Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other non-financial assets, impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

11. LeasesA lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee in return for a payment or series of payments the right to use an asset for an agreed period of time. A lease of assets is either classified as a finance lease or operating lease.

Group as lesseeLeases, where the group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership, are classified as finance leases. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are calculated using the interest rate implicit in the lease, or the group’s incremental borrowing rate to identify the finance cost, which is recognised in profit or loss over the lease period, and the capital repayment, which reduces the liability to the lessor.

6. Property and equipment continuedThe estimated useful lives of tangible assets are typically as follows:

Buildings 40 years

Computer equipment 3 to 5 years

Motor vehicles 4 to 5 years

Office equipment 5 to 10 years

Furniture and fittings 5 to 13 years

Capitalised leased assets over the shorter of the lease term or its useful life

7. Intangible assetsThe intangible assets consist of the cost incurred on Finacle, one of the group’s core banking systems. Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses from the date that the assets are available for use. Expenditure subsequently incurred on the software is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.

Amortisation is recognised in operating expenses on a straight-line basis.

Finacle 15 years

8. Property developments and properties in possession

Property developments are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is assigned by specific identification and includes the cost of acquisition and where applicable, development and borrowing costs during development. When development is completed borrowing costs and other charges are expensed as incurred.

Properties in possession are properties acquired by the group which were previously held as collateral for underlying lending arrangements that, subsequent to origination, have defaulted. The property is recognised at the time at which the risks and rewards of the properties are transferred to the group. The properties are initially recognised at cost and are subsequently measured at the lower of cost and its net realisable value. Any subsequent write-down in the value of the acquired properties is recognised as an operating expense. Any subsequent increases in the net realisable value, to the extent that it does not exceed its original cost, are also recognised within operating expenses.

9. Capitalisation of borrowing costsBorrowing costs that relate to qualifying assets, that is, assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale and which are not measured at fair value, are capitalised. All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 125

Page 128: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established, the group recognises any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

Contingent assets are not recognised in the annual financial statements but are disclosed when, as a result of past events, it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the group, but this will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events which are not wholly within the group’s control.

Contingent liabilities include certain guarantees, other than financial guarantees, and letters of credit. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the annual financial statements but are disclosed in the notes to the annual financial statements unless they are remote.

13. Employee benefitsPost-employment benefitsDefined contribution plansThe group operates a number of defined contribution plans, based on a percentage of pensionable earnings funded by both employer companies and employees, the assets of which are generally held in separate trustee-administered funds.

Contributions to these plans are recognised as an expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

Defined benefit plansDefined benefit plansThe group also operates a number of defined benefit plans, with membership generally limited to employees who were in the employment of the various companies at specified dates. Employer companies contribute to the cost of benefits taking account of the recommendations of the actuaries. Statutory actuarial valuations are required every three years using the projected unit credit method. Interim valuations are also performed annually at the financial year end. Within the defined benefit plans, the group operates a number of funded and unfunded post-employment medical aid schemes, with membership limited to employees who were retired or in the employment of the various companies at specified dates and complying with specific criteria.

The assets or liabilities recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit plans are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows, using interest rates of government bonds denominated in the same currency as the defined benefit plan (corporate bonds are used for currencies for which there is a deep market of high quality corporate bonds), with maturity dates that approximate the expected maturity of the obligations, less the fair value of plan assets. A defined benefit asset is only recognised to the extent that economic benefits are available to the group from reductions in future contributions or future refunds from the plan.

11. Leases continuedGroup as lessee continuedPayments made under operating leases, net of any incentives received from the lessor, are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Contingent rentals are expensed as they are incurred. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.

Group as lessorLeases, where the group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership, are classified as finance leases. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Lease and instalment sale contracts are primarily financing transactions in banking activities, with rentals and instalments receivable, less unearned finance charges, being included in loans and advances in the statement of financial position.

Finance charges earned are computed using the effective interest method, which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the investment in the finance lease. Initial direct costs and fees are capitalised to the value of the lease receivable and accounted for over the lease term as an adjustment to the effective rate of return. The tax benefits arising from investment allowances on assets leased to clients are accounted for in the direct taxation line.

Operating lease income from properties held as investment properties, net of any incentives given to lessees, is recognised on the straight-line basis or a more representative basis where applicable over the lease term. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required by the group by way of a penalty is recognised as income in the period in which termination takes place.

12. Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

Provisions are recognised when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

A provision for restructuring is recognised when the group has approved a detailed formal plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs or losses are not provided for.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of

126

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 129: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences:

The initial recognition of goodwill

– The initial recognition of assets and liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination, which affects neither accounting nor taxable profits or losses

– Investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled arrangements (excluding mutual funds) where the group controls the timing of the reversal of temporary differences and it is probable that these differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of the asset or liability and is not discounted.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the unused tax losses can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

Indirect taxationIndirect taxes, including non-recoverable value added tax (VAT) and other duties for banking activities, are recognised in profit or loss and disclosed separately in the income statement.

15. Fair valueFair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction in the principal (or most advantageous) market between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions.

When a price for an identical asset or liability is not observable, fair value is measured using another valuation technique that maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and minimises the use of unobservable inputs.

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability that market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability at measurement date.

13. Employee benefits continuedDefined benefit plans continuedDefined benefit plans continuedNet interest income/(expense) is determined on the defined benefit asset/(liability) by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the net defined benefit asset/(liability). The net interest income/(expense) is recognised in profit or loss. Other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are also recognised in profit or loss.

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit obligation, including actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding interest calculated) and the effect of any asset ceiling are recognised within OCI.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognised immediately in profit or loss. The group recognises gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

For the significant judgements and estimates applied refer to note 30.

Short-term benefitsShort-term benefits consist of salaries, accumulated leave payments, profit share, bonuses and any non-monetary benefits such as medical aid contributions.

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided.

A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus plans or accumulated leave if the group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

14. TaxationDirect taxation Direct taxation includes current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination or items recognised directly in equity.

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax is

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 127

Page 130: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

17. Equity-linked transactionsEquity compensation plansThe group operates both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans. All share options issued after 7 November 2002 that had not vested by 31 December 2004 are accounted for as share-based payment transactions.

The fair value of equity-settled share options is determined on the grant date and accounted for as staff costs over the vesting period of the share options, with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment reserve. Non-market vesting conditions, such as the resignation of employees and retrenchment of staff, are not considered in the valuation but are included in the estimate of the number of options expected to vest. At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of options expected to vest is reassessed and adjusted against profit or loss and equity over the remaining vesting period.

On vesting of share options, amounts previously credited to the share-based payment reserve are transferred to retained earnings through an equity transfer. On exercise of equity-settled share options, proceeds received are credited to share capital and premium.

Share-based payments settled in cash are accounted for as liabilities at fair value until settled. The liability is recognised over the vesting period and is revalued at every reporting date and on settlement. Any changes in the liability are recognised in profit or loss.

18. Revenue and expenditureBanking activitiesRevenue is derived substantially from the business of banking and related activities and comprises interest income, fee and commission revenue, trading revenue and other non-interest revenue.

Net interest incomeInterest income and expense (with the exception of those borrowing costs that are capitalised – refer to accounting policy 8 – Capitalisation of borrowing costs) are recognised in profit or loss on an accrual basis using the effective interest method for all interest-bearing financial instruments, except for those classified at fair value through profit or loss. In terms of the effective interest method, interest is recognised at a rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. Direct incremental transaction costs incurred and origination fees received, including loan commitment fees, as a result of bringing margin-yielding assets or liabilities into the statement of financial position, are capitalised to the carrying amount of financial instruments that are not at fair value through profit or loss and amortised as interest income or expense over the life of the asset or liability as part of the effective interest rate.

15. Fair value continuedSubsequent to initial recognition, fair value is measured based on quoted market prices or dealer price quotations for the assets and liabilities that are traded in active markets and where those quoted prices represent fair value at the measurement date. If the market for an asset or liability is not active or the instrument is unlisted, the fair value is determined using other applicable valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, discounted cash flow analyses, pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

Where discounted cash flow analyses are used, estimated future cash flows are based on management’s best estimates and a market-related discount rate at the reporting date for an asset or liability with similar terms and conditions.

If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has both a bid and an ask price, the price within the bid-ask spread that is most representative of fair value is used to measure fair value.

The group has elected the portfolio exception to measure the fair value of certain groups of financial assets and financial liabilities. This exception permits the group of financial assets and financial liabilities to be measured at fair value on a net basis. This election is applied where the group:

• manages the group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of the group’s net exposure to a particular market risk (or risks) or to the credit risk of a particular counterparty in accordance with the group’s documented risk management or investment strategy

• provides information on that basis about the group of financial assets and financial liabilities to the group’s key management personnel

• is required to or has elected to measure those financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period.

Where the fair value of investments in equity instruments or identical instruments do not have a quoted price in an active market, and derivatives that are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such equity instruments, are unable to be reliably determined, those instruments are measured at cost less impairment losses. Impairment losses on these financial assets are not reversed.

Fair value measurements are categorised into level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement.

16. EquityShare issue costsIncremental external costs directly attributable to a transaction that increases or decreases equity are deducted from equity, net of related tax. All other share issue costs are expensed.

Distributions on ordinary sharesDistributions are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared. Distributions declared after the reporting date are disclosed in the distributions note.

128

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 131: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

18. Revenue and expenditure continuedBanking activities continuedWhere the estimates of payments or receipts on financial assets (except those that have been reclassified – refer to accounting policy 4 – Financial instruments) or financial liabilities are subsequently revised, the carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability is adjusted to reflect actual and revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount is calculated by computing the present value of the estimated cash flows at the financial asset or financial liability’s original effective interest rate. Any adjustment to the carrying value is recognised in net interest income.

Where financial assets have been impaired, interest income continues to be recognised on the impaired value based on the original effective interest rate.

Fair value gains and losses on realised debt financial instruments, including amounts reclassified from OCI in respect of available-for-sale debt financial assets, and excluding those classified as held-for-trading, are included in net interest income.

Dividends received on preference share investments classified as debt form part of the group’s lending activities and are included in interest income.

Non-interest revenueFee and commission revenue, including transactional fees, account servicing fees, investment management fees, sales commissions and placement fees are recognised as the related services are performed. Loan commitment fees for loans that are not expected to be drawn down are recognised on a straight-line basis over the commitment period. Loan syndication fees, where the group does not participate in the syndication or participates at the same effective interest rate for comparable risk as other participants, are recognised as revenue when the syndication has been completed. Syndication fees that do not meet these criteria are capitalised as origination fees and amortised as interest income.

Fee and commission expense included in net fee and commission revenue are mainly transaction and service fees relating to financial instruments, which are expensed as the services are received. Expenditure is recognised as fee and commission expenses where the expenditure is linked to the production of fee and commission revenue.

Trading revenueTrading revenue comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of trading assets and liabilities, together with related interest income, expense and dividends.

Other revenueOther revenue includes gains and losses on equity instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss, dividends relating to those financial instruments, underwriting profit from the group’s short-term insurance operations and related insurance activities and remeasurement gains and losses from contingent consideration on disposals and purchases.

Gains and losses on equity available-for-sale financial assets are reclassified from OCI to profit or loss on derecognition or impairment of the investments. Dividends on these instruments are recognised in profit or loss.

Dividend incomeDividends are recognised in profit or loss when the right to receipt is established. Scrip dividends are recognised as dividends received where the dividend declaration allows for a cash alternative.

Short-term insurance incomeShort-term insurance income includes premium income, commission and policy fees earned, as well as net incurred claim losses and broker commission paid. Annual business income is accounted for on the accrual basis and comprises the cash value of commission and fees earned when premiums or fees are payable directly to the group. Direct commission income is accounted for as and when cash is received and comprises the cash value of commission earned when premiums are payable directly to the underwriters.

Management fees on assets under managementFee income includes management fees on assets under management and administration fees. Management fees on assets under management are recognised over the period for which the services are rendered, in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Administration fees received for the administration of medical schemes are recognised when the services are rendered.

19. Segment reportingAn operating segment is a component of the group engaged in business activities, whose operating results are reviewed regularly by management in order to make decisions about resources to be allocated to segments and assessing segment performance. The group’s identification of segments and the measurement of segment results is based on the group’s internal reporting to the chief operating decision maker.

Transactions between segments are priced at market-related rates.

20. Fiduciary activitiesThe group commonly engages in trust or other fiduciary activities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, post-employment benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and the income arising directly thereon are excluded from these annual financial statements as they are not assets of the group. However, fee income earned and fee expenses incurred by the group relating to the group’s responsibilities from fiduciary activities are recognised in profit or loss.

21. Comparative figuresWhere necessary, comparative figures within notes have been restated to conform to changes in presentation in the current year.

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 129

Page 132: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET ADOPTED The following new or revised standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended 31 December 2017 and have not been applied in preparing these annual financial statements.

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

Background

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9) will replace the IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39) that deals with the accounting treatment for financial instruments from 1 January 2018.

IFRS 9 consists of the following key areas which represent changes from that of IAS 39:

• Revised requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets and consequential changes in the classification and measurement of financial liabilities, mainly relating to the recognition of changes in fair value due to changes in own credit risk on fair value designated financial liabilities in OCI as opposed to the income statement

• An expected credit loss (ECL) impairment model

• Revised requirements and simplifications for hedge accounting.

Comparative financial results and elections

IFRS 9 is required to be adopted retrospectively from 1 January 2018, with the exception of IFRS 9’s hedge accounting requirements where the standard permits an entity to choose as its accounting policy to continue to apply with IAS 39’s hedge accounting requirements instead of the requirements in IFRS 9.

The group has elected not to restate its comparative financial statements. Accordingly, the difference between the previous IAS 39 and new IFRS 9 carrying values will be recognised in the group’s opening retained earnings as at 1 January 2018.

The group’s date of adoption of the IFRS 9 revised hedge accounting requirements will be based on further IFRS developments with respect to the IASB’s macro hedge accounting project or on the group deeming it opportune to adopt the revised requirements. The group has elected to continue with IAS 39’s hedge accounting requirements, but will implement IFRS 9’s revised hedge accounting disclosures.

Project governance

The group structured its IFRS 9 implementation project in such a way as to effectively enable the delivery of the IFRS 9 requirements across the group. The IFRS 9 implementation project board provided strategic direction to the project, monitored the project’s progress, and identified required interventions and project interdependencies with other group initiatives. In addition, an overall project steering committee and Africa Regions’ country steering committees were established.

The group’s IFRS 9 implementation project included a September 2017 hard close process (hard close) which was used to test the group’s readiness for the transition to IFRS 9. The results of the hard close were assessed by external audit to assist management in determining the group’s readiness and the results and findings were communicated to both the GAC and the group’s board.

1 January 2018

130

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 133: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments continued

IFRS 9 requirements

A summary of IFRS 9’s key requirements and the estimated impact on the group is explained below. It should be noted that the group’s final transition impact was, at the time of the preparation of these financial statements, being finalised.

Classification of financial assets and liabilities

IFRS 9 requires all financial assets to be classified and measured on the basis of the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and its contractual cash flow characteristics. The accounting for financial assets differs in various other areas to existing requirements such as embedded derivatives and the recognition of fair value adjustments in OCI.

All changes in the fair value of financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through profit or loss due to changes in own credit risk will be required to be recognised in OCI with no subsequent recognition in the income statement.

While IFRS 9’s classification and measurement requirements are expected to have a negligible net impact on the group’s reserves as at 1 January 2018, there were instances in which the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities changed from amortised cost to fair value and vice versa.

Expected credit loss (ECL) impairment model

IFRS 9’s ECL impairment model’s requirements will represent the most material IFRS 9 impact for the group.

The IASB developed the IFRS 9 ECL impairment model with the objective of transitioning from an incurred loss approach to an expected loss model which will require entities to recognise impairment losses in advance of an exposure having objective evidence of impairment. The ECL model will apply to financial assets measured at either amortised cost or at fair value through OCI, as well as loan commitments when there is present commitment to extend credit (unless these are measured at fair value through profit or loss).

With the exception of purchased or originated credit impaired financial assets, expected credit losses are required to be measured through a loss allowance at an amount equal to either a 12-month expected credit losses or full lifetime expected credit losses. A loss allowance for full lifetime expected credit losses is recognised for a financial asset where the credit risk of that financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition (unless the credit risk of the financial asset is low) as well as for certain contract assets and trade receivables or where the exposure is classified as in default. For all other financial instruments, expected credit losses are measured at an amount equal to the expected life time loss associated with the probability of default over the next 12 months.

1 January 2018

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 131

Page 134: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments continued

Significant increase in credit risk or low credit risk

The assessment of significant increase in credit risk for the group’s PBB exposures will be based on changes in a customer’s credit score and for the group’s CIB exposures on changes in internal credit ratings, together with the expected outlook for the specific sector and industry and other relevant available information. For both the group’s PBB and CIB exposures, the determination will be set to identify significant deterioration in credit risk before the exposure reaches a past due status of 30 days. Exposures for which there is a significant increase in credit risk but for which the credit risk is low remain in stage one. Exposures are generally considered to have a low credit risk where there is a low risk of default, the exposure has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations and adverse changes in economic and business conditions are unlikely to reduce the exposure’s ability to fulfil its contractual obligations.

Forward-looking information

In determining whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and in determining the expected credit loss calculation, IFRS 9 requires the consideration of forward-looking information. The determination of significant increase in credit risk is required to include consideration of all reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort. This information will typically include forward-looking information based on expected macroeconomic conditions and specific factors that are expected to impact individual portfolios.

The incorporation of forward-looking information represents a significant change from existing accounting requirements which are based on observable events. The forward-looking information will be based on the group’s economic expectations, industry and sub-sector-specific expectations, as well as expert management judgement. The use of such information will incorporate management judgement and is hence expected to increase the volatility of impairment provisions as a result of continuous changes in future expectations.

Default

While default is not specifically defined by IFRS 9, the group has aligned the determination of default with its existing internal credit risk management definitions and approaches. Default is determined as occurring at the earlier of:

• when either, based on objective evidence, the counterparty is considered to be unlikely to pay amounts on the due date or shortly thereafter without recourse to actions such as realisation of security; or

• when the counterparty is past due for more than 90 days (or, in the case of overdraft facilities in excess of the current limit).

In some cases, additional specific criteria are set according to the nature of the lending product.

1 January 2018

132

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 135: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments continued

Impact assessment

The ECL impairment requirements, which comprise IFRS 9’s most material impact for the group, is expected to result in an increase of approximately N$216 341 in balance sheet impairments; an increase of 105% on IAS 39 balance sheet impairments (including interest in suspense). While IFRS 9’s classification and measurement requirements are expected to have a negligible net impact on the group’s reserves as at 1 January 2018, there were instances in which the measurement of certain financial assets and liabilities changed from amortised cost to fair value or vice versa due to the business model implementation within underlying business portfolios.

IFRS 9 DRIVER REASON

Minimum of a 12-month expected credit loss for performing exposures

The existing emergence period is between three to six months for PBB exposures and 12 months for CIB exposures. The change to a 12-month expected loss requirement will result in an increase in impairments for PBB.

Lifetime credit losses for exposures that exhibit a significant increase in credit risk

IFRS 9 requires a lifetime loss to be recognised for exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk. This requirement will affect both PBB and CIB.

ECL held for unutilised client exposures and guarantees

The IFRS 9 requirement for impairments for unutilised client facilities and guarantees results in additional balance sheet impairments for both PBB and CIB.

Longer outlook period for exposures that are expected to default

Measurement of ECL over a longer time horizon results in the potential for higher loss outcomes which has a greater impact for PBB than CIB.

Forward-looking economic expectations for ECL

The inclusion of forward-looking economic information is expected to increase the level of provisions as a result of the nature and timing of both current and forecasted economic assumptions as at 1 January 2018.

Hedge accounting

The revised general hedge accounting requirements are better aligned with an entity’s risk management activities and provide both additional opportunities to apply hedge accounting and various simplifications in achieving hedge accounting. The group’s date of adoption of IFRS 9’s revised hedge accounting requirements will be based on further IFRS developments with respect to the IASB’s macro hedge accounting project or on the group deeming it opportune to adopt the revised requirements. The group has elected to continue with IAS 39’s hedge accounting requirements, but will implement IFRS 9’s revised hedge accounting disclosures.

1 January 2018

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 133

Page 136: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments continued

Tax implications

Within Namibia the tax implications for IFRS 9 are a 25% allowance for impairment provisions for all performing exposures that have not demonstrated a significant increase in credit risk (stage 1), a 25% allowance for performing exposures that have demonstrated a significant increase in credit risk (stage 2) and an 100% allowance for impairment provisions for exposures that are in default (stage 3). The change in the timing of the deductibility of the impairments for tax purposes will result in a higher deferred tax asset balance which will have a negative impact on the group’s capital ratios.

Capital implications

IFRS 9 (including the related tax consequences) will have consequential impacts on the group’s regulatory capital adequacy. The expected increase in impairment provisions, together with the increase in the group’s deferred tax asset carrying value and changes in the level of the threshold deduction for investments in financial entities, will reduce qualifying CET 1 capital. This reduction in qualifying CET 1 capital will, however, be partially offset by the release of the existing deduction against qualifying CET 1 for the excess of regulatory expected losses over the IAS 39 impairments N$151 341.

1 January 2018

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments amendment

The amendment allows financial assets with prepayment features that permit or require a party to a contract either to pay or receive reasonable compensation for the early termination of the contract (so that, from the perspective of the holder of the asset there may be ‘negative compensation’), to be measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income. The amendment is required to be applied retrospectively. The amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the group.

1 January 2019 with earlier application permitted

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

This standard will replace the existing revenue standards and their related interpretations. The standard sets out the requirements for recognising revenue that applies to all contracts with customers (except for contracts that are within the scope of the standards on leases, insurance contracts or financial instruments).

The core principle of the standard is that revenue recognised reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer.

The standard incorporates a five-step analysis to determine the amount and timing of revenue recognition.

The standard will be applied retrospectively. The standard does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, and therefore does not impact majority of the group’s revenue. The group has identified and reviewed the contracts with customers that are within the scope of this standard which indicate that IFRS 15 will not materially impact the group on transition.

1 January 2018

134

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 137: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRS 10 and IAS 28(amendments)

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

The amendments address an inconsistency between the requirements in IFRS 10 and those in IAS 28, in dealing with the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. The main consequence of the amendments is that a full gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves a business (whether it is housed in a subsidiary or not). A partial gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves assets that do not constitute a business, even if these assets are housed in a subsidiary.

The amendments will be applied prospectively and are not expected to have a material impact on the group’s financial statements.

To be determined

IFRS 16 Leases

This standard will replace the existing standard IAS 17 Leases, as well as the related interpretations and sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract, being the lessee (customer) and the lessor (supplier).

The core principle of this standard is that the lessee and lessor should recognise all rights and obligations arising from leasing arrangements on balance sheet.

The most significant change pertaining to the accounting treatment of operating leases is from the lessees’ perspective. IFRS 16 eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases as is required by IAS 17 and introduces a single lessee accounting model, where a right of use (ROU) asset together with a liability for the future payments is to be recognised for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value.

The lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17 has not changed substantially in terms of this standard as a result a lessor continues to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases and accounts for these as it currently done in terms of IAS 17. In addition, the standard requires lessor to provide enhanced disclosures about its leasing activities and in particular about its exposure to residual value risk and how it is managed.

The standard will be applied retrospectively. The impact on the annual financial statements has not yet been fully determined. However, the group has formed an IFRS 16 working group and detailed project plan, identifying key responsibilities and milestones of the project. The group is in the process of determining the estimated impact as well as discussing the system requirements to accommodate IFRS 16’s principles.

1 January 2019 with earlier application permitted

IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts (amendment)

The amendment to applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts introduce two approaches: an overlay approach and a deferral approach. The amended standard will give all companies that issue insurance contracts the option to recognise in other comprehensive income, rather than profit or loss, the volatility that could arise when IFRS 9 is applied before the new insurance contracts standard is issued; and give companies whose activities are predominantly connected with insurance an optional temporary exemption from applying IFRS 9 until 2021. The entities that defer the application of IFRS 9 will continue to apply the existing financial instruments Standard IAS 39.

The amendments to IFRS 4 supplement existing options in the standard that can already be used to address the temporary volatility.

The amendments will be applied retrospectively. This amendment impacts the classification and measurement changes in Liberty, refer to the detailed IFRS 9 section above for the impact on the annual financial statements, as the group will not be applying the optional temporary exemption from applying IFRS 9 until 2021.

1 January 2018 with earlier application permitted

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 135

Page 138: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

The IFRIC provides guidance on how to determine the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) on the derecognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency. The IFRIC will be applied retrospectively or prospectively. The group has identified and reviewed the contracts and transaction that are within the scope of this interpretation which indicate that this IFRIC will not materially impact the annual financial statements.

1 January 2018 with earlier application permitted

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

This standard replaces the existing accounting standard IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts which gave entities dispensation to account for insurance contracts (particularly measurement) using local actuarial practice, resulting in a multitude of different approaches.

The overall objective of IFRS 17 is to provide a more useful and consistent accounting model for insurance contracts among entities issuing insurance contracts globally. The standard requires an entity to measure insurance contracts using updated estimates and assumptions that reflect the timing of cash flows and any uncertainty relating to insurance contracts. A general measurement model (GMM) will be applied to long-term insurance contracts, and is based on a fulfilment objective (risk-adjusted present value of best estimate future cash flows) and uses current estimates, informed by actual trends and investment markets. IFRS 17 establishes what is called a contractual service margin (CSM) in the initial measurement of the liability which represents the unearned profit on the contract and results in no gain on initial recognition. The CSM is released over the life of the contract, but interest on the CSM is locked in at inception rates. The CSM will be utilised as a ‘shock absorber’ in the event of changes to best estimate cash flows. On loss-making (onerous) contracts, no CSM is set up and the full loss is recognised at the point of contract inception. The GMM is modified for contracts which have participation features.

An optional simplified premium allocation approach (PAA) is available for all contracts that are less than 12 months at inception. The PAA is similar to the current unearned premium reserve profile over time. The requirement to eliminate all treasury shares has been amended such that treasury shares held as underlying items for a group of direct participating contracts or investment funds are not required to be eliminated and can be accounted for as financial assets.

These requirement will provide transparent reporting about an entities’ financial position and risk and will provide metrics that can be used to evaluate the performance of insurers and how that performance changes over time. An entity may re-assess its classification and designation of financial instruments under IFRS 9, on adoption of IFRS 17.

The standard will be applied retrospectively. The impact on the annual financial statements has not yet been fully determined.

1 January 2021 with earlier application permitted

136

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annexure E Detailed group accounting policies continued

Page 139: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

PRONOUNCEMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

This interpretation clarifies how to apply the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. In such a circumstance, an entity shall recognise and measure its current or deferred tax asset or liability applying the requirements in IAS 12 based on taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates determined applying this interpretation. This interpretation addresses: whether an entity considers uncertain tax treatments separately; the assumptions an entity makes about the examination of tax treatments by taxation authorities; how an entity determines taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates; and how an entity considers changes in facts and circumstances. The IFRIC will be applied retrospectively. The impact on the annual financial statements has not yet been fully determined.

1 January 2019 with earlier application permitted

IAS 28 Interest in Associates and Joint Ventures (amendment)

This amendment clarifies that an entity should apply IFRS 9 including its impairment requirements, to long-term interests in an associate or joint venture that form part of the net investment in the associate or joint venture only when the equity method is not applied. The amendments will be applied retrospectively. The impact on the annual financial statements is not expected to have a significant impact on the annual financial statements.

1 January 2019 with earlier application permitted

Annual improvements 2015 – 2017 cycle

The IASB has issued various amendments and clarifications to existing IFRS, none of which is expected to have a significant impact on the group’s annual financial statements.

1 January 2019 with earlier application permitted

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (amendments)

The amendments require a company to use the updated assumptions when a change to a plan either an amendment, curtailment or settlement, takes place to determine current service cost and net interest for the remainder of the reporting period after the change to the plan. Until now, IAS 19 did not specify how to determine these expenses for the period after the change to the plan. By requiring the use of updated assumptions, the amendments are expected to provide useful information to users of financial statements. The amendment will be applied retrospectively. The impact on the annual financial statements has not yet been fully determined.

1 January 2019 with earlier application permitted

SBN Holdings Limited Annual Report 2017 137

Page 140: SBN Holdings Limited ANNUAL REPORT 2017 · Oversight The board audit subcommittee is responsible for providing oversight of the financial reporting process. The committee recommended

CONTACT DETAILS

Company secretaryAdv S TjijorokisaTel: +264 61 294 2036

Chief financial officerBryan MandyTel: +264 61 294 2237

Registered address5th Floor, Standard Bank CentreCorner of Werner List Street and Post Street MallPO Box 3327WindhoekNamibia

Head office switchboardTel: +26 461 294 2000

Website: www.standardbank.com.na

Please direct all annual report queries and comments to: [email protected] direct all customer-related queries and comments to: [email protected] direct all investor relations queries and comments to: [email protected]

DisclaimerThis document contains certain statements that are ’forward-looking’ with respect to certain of the group’s plans, goals and expectations relating to its future performance, results, strategies and objectives. Words such as “may”, “could”, “will”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “aim”, “outlook”, “believe”, “plan”, “seek”, “predict” or similar expressions typically identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not statements of fact or guarantees of future performance, results, strategies and objectives, and by their nature, involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances which are difficult to predict and are beyond the group’s control, including but not limited to, domestic and global economic business conditions, market-related risks such as fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates, the policies and actions of regulatory authorities (including changes related to capital and solvency requirements), the impact of competition, inflation, deflation, the timing impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or combinations within relevant industries, as well as the impact of changes in domestic and global legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which the group and its affiliates operate. The group’s actual future performance, results, strategies and objectives may differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. The group makes no representations or warranty, express or implied, that these forward-looking statements will be achieved and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The group undertakes no obligation to update the historical information or forward-looking statements in this document and does not assume responsibility for any loss or damage arising as a result of the reliance by any party thereon.